UKBouldering.com

the shizzle => the blog pile => Topic started by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:08 pm

Title: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:08 pm
Team No Hope head to Hoy... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2012/09/team-no-hope-head-to-hoy.html)
13 September 2012, 7:27 pm



 

When Adam Bailes and Dan Varian said yes to a trip to Hoy I was excited. It’s always nice when you ring people to go on a trip and they say they’re well keen, it’s like they’re saying they don’t think you’re too much of a tool, although me and Dan were gutted Adam said yes as we only asked him out of politeness (only kidding). Inspired by the pictures of Dave Macleod on the top pitch of Long Hope we were keen to check it out ready for an attempt on the whole thing in the longer days (and hopefully better weather) of next year.

Battered Haggis & Chips  
 

 

We started the climbing in Northumberland on the Great Wanney where we all did Endless Flight after Northumberland Wall and Great Wall. Next up was Crisis Zone. First go I struck the ledge which unfortunately wasn’t a ledge hung about on it for 5 mins trying to make use of the mono above before a flash pump caught up with me and an undignified reverse ensued to reduce the fall on the stretchy new ropes.

2nd go involved being still boxed from the 1st go but knowing I didn’t need the mono I put a rattly little tricam in it committed to the next move and ‘bravely grabbed the tat on a weird bolt as my fingers were uncurling. Varians first go back on trad for years and after a warm up burn his next arrived him hands over the top arête but unfortunately the greenery prevented the top out. Next go we both did it and it’s a class ‘ships prow’ climb, Adams fingers were too big to fit in all the monos. And we all finished on Thin Ice a great E4. We drive through the rain and camp in the Arrochar Alps hoping to head to the Cobbler.

 

 

Waking up to very strong winds we head to the Anvil where Dan goes up Firepower to check the moves and does it easily next go. Watching him piss the V10 crux I remembered he’s got several grades in hand. I nurse tired arms from the poor warm up the day before and head back early for a coffee and guidebook read. We drive to Fort and stay with Guy and Blair. Next day we head to Reiff. This place is special. The rock feels like granite. We solo abit and walk for hours without finding the routes i was keen for. We do a nice E4, Walk like an Egyptian where Adam showed his disco routine on the top corner.

 

Dan did some despo slab on the left of here and as he topped out a good 15m away from the sea a freak wave splashed high and soaked him. He was lucky he’d topped out as it would hurt to have fallen.

On the way back I stared in awe as Dan nearly does a heinous looking Font 8a/+ above his carrymat, finger on the last hold but not quite hanging it long enough.  We eat at Reiff then drive to near Scrabster to get the early ferry. Knackered. Mark reeves had told me the Rackwick bothy was the best bothy in the world and I think he’s right, this place is special. We make a base that eve and play lots of cards and scrabble after a beach walk to test the rock stability of the region.

The next day was a little epic. We hike up with all our ropes and kit to the top of St johns head. The ground was very wet and it was very windy but I was keen to abseil down to assess what would be required for the hard final pitch. As I set off over I looked down at 400m of Seagulls, my 100m static blew horizontal and never dropped from the winds grip. I nearly backed off the abseil but with thoughts of Drummonds and Hills exploits on the wall I managed to MTFU. I looked at the gear and some of the holds on my way down but learned little as I was in trainers and gloves and couldn’t fathom climbing in such conditions. I head up and Adam goes down for a peek. Coming back up he pronounces the pitch easy with youthful enthusiasm. I suggest a decamp to Rora head hoping for shelter or at least better temps. We abb in off dans Dog stakes, I’d left the guide at the Bothy as it looked abit heavy with all the other stuff we had. It was getting late by now but thinking to do a quick classic I had a vague memory of where Mucklehouse Wall went. I set off up the middle of the face and after locking into an undercling thought better of it and reversed (my vague memory ended up being totally wrong). Wanting to be back at the hut we discuss options. Dan says the way out via the shore is dodgy. Thinking about how smug I’d be if I made it round to the top to look down on them jugging up I try anyway. I get close. Having slithered onto the end of a slopey platform as the waves wash out all I have to do is drop down 4 feet and do 3 boulder hops to safety. I watch the wave. Feeling like Papillon a feeling of achievement starts to set in when suddenly the swell picks up hitting my perch and the feeling changes to terror. I look back the way I’ve come and it looks like it’s about to become one with the sea. I manage to only slip in up to my waist once whilst reversing. Feeling like a fool I join the others who inform me that as the smallest member of the team its best if I jug up the rope first to confirm the rope is running well and back it up. We get back to the Bothy knackered.

 

 

The next day makes up for the first. After a lazy start we ab into Rora head again (with a guidebook) and do an amazing 3 pitch E6 called Two Wee Laddies. The position and gear was great and it ranks as one of the finest of its grade I’ve done in the UK.

The next day we make the pilgrimage back to St Johns head. Abseiling down the face is sheltered from the strong Southerlies giving perfect climbing conditions. I spend half an hour on a grigri playing on the moves and checking the protection. Adam goes down for a look and when its my turn for a top rope I’m keen to do the longest link i can and manage to link it 1st go  
 

with plenty of good shakeouts it felt about 8a+. As the gear appeared excellent I was keen to lead it immediately as this is essentially the Salathe Wall crack pitch of the UK.  I abbed in and as evening looked like it was coming in thought better of it and jugged back out again. We were keen for GMB on the Old Man but with the Squalls that had been passing this pitch appeared the better idea.

The day after we arrived there again, I rechecked the gear and warmed up mincing about on the nice E5 wall to gain the gear and the crackline. It’s quite windy but as it was our last day i knew it would give me confidence to come back to try the full link if i led this pitch. The lead went smoothly and as a locked the 2 crimps to reach for the jugs before a hands off and the e4 6b finishing crack my foot popped off. Although I fell on the biggest runout on the pitch I had a good rock 11 and rock 2 at foot height. I was going to pull back on and go to the top as I’d learned what I wanted to about the pitch but Adam said to give it another go. After a good rest huddling from the wind on the belay we pulled the ropes and I set off up. I’d asked Adam about how he did the crux high step about halfway up which I’d felt a little sloppy on. I attempted it his way and promptly fell off that move. Pissed off I came down pulled the rope and after afew minutes climbed it and this time it felt steady. I abbed and stripped it and Adam jugged out near hypothermic for his belay efforts. As i took out the last of the belay and swung out on the Abb rope I felt I was going to die, swinging out 15/20 m with the wind taking me towards Big John I start to jug up the rope as fast as I can feeling dizzy.

 

The pitch would way in at E8 7a, with good protection after the initial E5 start. It’s a great achievement by Dave Macleod to do it after all the other pitches as climbing an E8 7a when tired is hard.

The pitch itself is not E9 because it’s lacking in any form of runout with many E6/7s being much more serious propositions than this. Once you’ve done the E5 start you could fall off any move and not go very far and even the E5 you’d just take airtime.  It also has only 1 move that would warrant 7a, and 2 of 6c.

 

E9/10 should have multiple 6c/7a moves and a runout, when you look at Macleods Echo wall and Rhapsody these routes fit the remit of E11 well, 8c with big runouts - amazing efforts and a big step forward in trad standards in the UK.

Ricky Bells the Rachlin Effect is blatantly a sandbag at the grade of E8 having 8a+ climbing and a 6b move after a 10m runout nr the end which would give you plenty of time to admire Rachlin wall, sounds like E9 to me. If Longhopes top pitch was graded harder than Ricky’s I don’t think it would be fair as I doubt it’s anywhere near as big a lead.

I look forward to getting back up there with a team next year and expect it to be one of the uber classic hard routes of the UK as it deserves. Stunning efforts from Drummond, Hill, Arran, Turnbull, Macleod and Turner. Get up there.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: A Shit State...s Trip
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:12 pm
A Shit State...s Trip (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2012/09/a-shit-states-trip.html)
26 September 2012, 6:21 pm



 

Heading to Yosemite tomorrow with a largish team. I’ve been there 3 times previously. The first was 11 years ago with my dad, after he’d retired from building footpaths for the National Trust. We’d planned to try the Nose as he’d loved the history with Harding and regarded Lynn Hills 1 day effort as the best ever. Unfortunately the journey took its toll on his already pummelled hip so walking was issue enough but it was great to see the place.

The second time was with Al and Joe Wilson, Chris Hope the ‘other Chris’ in 2002. 2 friends I was meant to be climbing with had bailed near the time of departure but it was still a pretty good trip doing lots of the smaller Valley classics like Astroman, Rostrum, West Face of El Cap etc. I climbed Astroman with a guy called Joe, I’d been warned not to climb with him for being too slow but we topped out at 14.00 and apart from getting his helmet stuck in the Slot for 5 mins he seemed quite fast. When we topped out he asked, “Do you think Warren was watching us?” I assured him that he certainly had. The 3rd trip was last October and was somewhat special in terms of shit luck. I had had high expectations of this trip for having a great team of people and being twice as fit as when I was last there.

Alison Osius emailed what I was hoping to do and I naively said Golden Gate, El Nino and Freerider. Myself, Neil Mawson, Adam Hocking and Hazel Findlay travelled out and Ryan Pasquil, Katy Whittaker, Paul Smitten, Pete and Vicky Hurley were already out there.

 

Hock on the Hollow  

I’d booked a 4-door economy hire car through Dollar. On arriving they said we wouldn’t fit and would have to upgrade via lots more money.  We said we’d try and going down to the garage I felt like Victor Meldrew when I saw the car they’d allotted us. It was a 2-door car with no boot.

After an angry interchange at their office it ended with my credit card getting brought out...

 

 

Dan (broken heel) McManus  
 

We manage to get a camping space in upper pines the first night where in the middle of the night we get flooded and spend the next day drying out everything. At some point that night I think I reversed the car slightly into one of the concrete bunkers in the parking spaces but thought nothing of it until Mawson points out a scratch on the back. Nobody had wanted to pay additional insurance and any damage to the car would be taken by the credit card used. This made me nervous during the whole trip and for pretty good reason as it was used like a wheelbarrow for much of the trip.

The weather was awful the first 2 days so we visited a steep sport cliff called Jailhouse. On arriving I couldn’t believe my luck, Alex Honnold and Niko Favresse were there, 2 of the modern time climbers I had most respect for. I’d spoken with my friend Pete Robbins about such a possibility. Being on higher than normal sport fitness and being a total idiot I try to impress them. After falling high on a climb in the middle of the cliff 3 times I was totally wasted.

 

My arms contracted into claws during the night which many experienced climbers could tell you means your arms wont work very well for at least a week. After a rest day packing me and Hock set off on Golden Gate hoping to get ahead of the French climbing team of excellence by going up just after the rain. At the base as we’re about to set off hauling 2 Krabs drop down within minutes of each other and sound like bullets. Having seen the pictures of Alex Huber and others on the wall we were both without helmets and I had no envy of the people working in Ahfganistan.

Things were looking good at first. We made it to Hollow Flake which made a great bivvy for 2 wee Cumbrians. The next day things were still looking good. I’d led the Monster offwidth, had hauled and Adam was seconding, we’d managed not to fall so far although the 11b to leave heart ledges was definitely a sandbag. It was only 12.30 and an easy pitch led to El Cap Spire where the plan was to play cards and fix another pitch or 2 in the cool of the evening.

 

Adam shouts to take him there and I look down to see blood around him. He manages to jumar up to me and I see blood and goo in his hair. I knew he was a tough git as in primary school I’d chased him over a 2m drop he’d taken headfirst when his feet clipped a rail, he’d got up and walked away with a bump and bleeding but not crying. The decision to abseil off was quick and to get back across to Hollow Flake involved jumaring sideways on 3 little bits of core attached to one peg with a heavy haulbag attached to me. At the fixed lines we met Piton Pete who had been pissed to lose a partner 2 days previous but had found someone more willing and with a haulbag dedicated to beer they were resting and getting aled up.

I’d melted the top of my widebrimmer hat using it as a teatowel for a percolator minus its necessary water so with that and Adams face covered in blood we looked a pair of tools. Pete gave us some great advice as we passed “you wankers go get yourselves some helmets”. We touchdown, walk back to Camp4 and Hock gets his head looked at which thankfully only needs a few stitches.

 

Hocks Face at the Base  
 

I get a lurgy the day after and although I didn’t know it at the time something called central fatigue or burnout started at this point. Hazel combined with Hanzjorg Aur set off up Golden Gate and many other teams set off up it. A few days later plans are changed and thinking to get Ryan up a route we make El Nino the target. As I wake up that morning I have to stop 3 times on the half km walk to the Lodge due to a trapped nerve in my back (due to receiving a cornice on the head in Scotland) and I could empathize with how frustrated my dad was whilst in the Valley. Ryan forgets his rope so we start a little later than expected.

Ryan starts off on the Black Dike pitch. I think I hear a helicopter and looking up to see it fly over a black shape starts to get bigger,’ maybe it’s a bird?’ but no it’s a rock fall which splits, some bits just missing Ryan, some hitting the ledge I’m belayed on. Ryan hardly noticed and with the heat starts to take some big falls. He comes down from the pitch saying that ‘you’ll piss it’. We go down. Impressed with Patch’s and Leos efforts as watching Ryan on the first pitch and having spoken with Hans about it makes me think it would be about E76c in the UK.

The day after was not a vast improvement when belaying Dan McManus on Cosmic Debris he slips whilst clipping a cam and lands on a rocky slab.  

 

Hock on Separate Reality  
 

Deciding on how much damage was done took a few anxious minutes but luckily he’d only broken his heel and also that it was the last two days of his holiday.

Walking back to camp 4 I’d decided on two possible options for the afternoon. Option 1 was to read my kindle, option two, to write about how turd the trip had been.  On arriving I find my kindle is broken probably from the flooding the first night. Hocking and myself were living in a ‘holy’ tent lent by the great Libby from SARS and it made for quite a dry dusty environment.

After a few days moaning about everything even Hocking had had enough and set off on Pete Hurley & Cos’s perilous journey up Half Dome which was going to involve 9 people bivvying on a small foot shelf.  

This fellowship was broken after the first 2 pitches and a small elite team came back successfully a few days later.

 

Towards the end I did have some fun days out with Sean Villanueva O’Driscol and Hazel. Sean climbs somewhere beyond the 100% level where psyche and adrenaline come into play, the effort and psyche is contagious and helps show why he’s one of the top big wall free climbers in the world. He outshone my Bear story considerably saying he’d awoke in sleeping bag once and a Bear was in front of his face, he screamed and it left.

Hazel, light and rested from success on Golden Gate did a great lead on a very tiring blank corner called Book of Hate. The last 5 meters have no holds (in fact many bits if it are lacking in holds) and she looked like Hitgirl running down the corridor at the end of Kickass, moving fast, missing out the last protection totally focused on the climbing. Sean and myself were silent, very impressed. Hock and I managed to devour huge quantities of coffee in the Lodge which made for jittery climbing performances and the other highlight of the trip was a the picture of Hock looking out from the back of Separate Reality, when you zoom in on the eyes it’s a masterpiece.

The dream topping of this trip was a £220 bill from Dollar hirecar 2 weeks after I got back from the UK. I swore I’d never go back to America and spent 3 months dealing with the ‘burnout’ thing you read about in sports science books.

 

In the New Year I changed my mind remembering that when I first got into climbing doing a big route on El Cap was a primary objective. Another team has been ‘assembled’ and I’m feeling a bit luckier this time although one member of the team Ben Bransby has just cancelled two days ago due to having a virus, Vertigo or Labrynthitus?  Ben will be sorely missed on any pitch involving hard moves, especially the steep ones but hopefully will be recovered for Longhope next June.

Myself, Callum Muskett and Dan (broken heel) McManus are heading out.  Others include; Hazel, Alex H? And Neil Dyer will be there as well. Callum and Dan are going for Golden Gate and everyone else is going for Muir Wall and if there is time I’d love to try Salathe.

Dan did Goliath 15 times the other night before doing some sort of speed solo on it so I’m sure he’ll find the Monster OW easy (ha). I’m looking forward to hanging out on El Cap as much as I can and I’m hoping to do less abseiling and moaning.

 

Sean with Flute  


Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Yosemite 2012
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:15 pm
Yosemite 2012 (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2012/10/yosemite-2012.html)
29 October 2012, 2:12 pm



It was a considerably different trip from last year although still a regretfully large carbon footprint.

Highlights included; freeing every pitch of Premuir with Neil Dyer and Hazel Findlay after some abortive efforts to get going due to weather and hold-ups, watching Dan McManus and Callum Muskett climbing Golden Gate over 5 days and trying Golden Gate in a day with Dan McManus. The most sadistic moment of the trip was a young friend stuck in/on the Hollow Flake chimney.

Of particular note were Hazels performances every day on Premuir which were some of the best I’ve seen in climbing and it didn’t surprise me hearing a top American climber suggest she may be the best female trad climber in the world. Although Dyer missed out a few of the easier pitches which were awkward in a 3 he was the strongest member of the team and could easily have freed it all. Neil Dyers climbing became more of an enigma as we gained height, with his limits being nowhere in my sights.

Things weren’t looking hopeful when setting off. After losing my partner Ben Bransby to a form of labrynthitis I was left with vague messages from potential partners travelling down from Canada in a ‘car of chaos’. Filled with philosophers and waifs, their ETA was unknown even to them. Messages about how hot the weather was were not sounding optimistic either. I’d written off using my new haul bag and was going to talk Dyer into trying day hits on Freerider and some other big routes.

Climbing with Dan and Callum the 1st few days was ace. We did Astroman the 1st day and with 1 litre of water between us meant that the last 5 pitches were climbed with syrup like mouths. After Astroman Callum was keen to go pulling on the knobs in Tuolomne Meadow hoping for cooler conditions but myself and Dan persuaded him that the hot cracks of Yosemite were where it was at. They began preparations for Golden Gate and McManus was probably the most psyched person in the valley at that point. Just before they set off I picked up Dyer from Merced and passing under the Cap at midnight with the rolling stones playing and a full moon making it glow, Dyer was stoked for a look at the Muir wall and we make plans to try the 1st quarter called the Muirblast.

We got up at 2.00 and climbed Moby Dick then two 5.12s by head torch and a 3rd in the dawn light to arrive at the 5.13b traverse well before the sun hit it as the weather was still baking. Having seen a piccy of Kurt Smith undercutting across the roof I set off doing the same and after a quick tussle fell off. Realising shorties need to palm across it, with a quick rest at the belay it goes. 3 more great pitches lead up to heart ledges where we abseiled off talking about the best day out climbing we had ever had.



McManus Monster OW

Hazels potential partner hadn't made it although myself and Neil think she blew him out as Neil’s way better looking and I've a much greater fashion sense. The idea of Muir Wall being Hazels - we formed a team.

Neil and I hauled a 60 litre bag of water and other crap up to Grey ledges, about 16 pitches and one day later I set off on the Muirblast again with Hazel whilst the legend Dyer hauled a bag of food alone. We arrived at the 13b traverse at 1st light and Hazel had been saying all sorts of self deprecating stuff on the way up but when she mentioned the word ‘flow’ I was concerned for her sanity, let alone her climbing ability.

When she set off quite slowly across the easier bit I settled in for a long belay stint. I’d told people I wouldn't be surprised if she flashed it but as she used her same slow pace to waltz across the crux and I was in fact surprised. We reached Heart and gave Dyer a hand hauling to past Mammoth.

On the way down we had a good ‘Panorama’ of McManus who, having built the Monster OW up the last month, was adamant he was going to do it in the shade. Unfortunately Salathe was as busy as it gets and he was forced to do it in the sun. It was great to see the Welsh language in full flow on the Cap. Callum: Iawn Dan”  Dan: “Cae dy Geg ****!  Dan did a great lead in the midday heat.

Going back up a day later Hazel leads 12b(E5/6) by head torch and I lead through linking a 12d and 11d as the aid belay is in the middle of the crux. Arriving on Grey my heart sank as Mike and Mike were climbing the Shield which makes a fankle probable. By the time they had polished off the 13b corner it’s in the sun and mission shutdown ensues. I had a burn and after 2 falls I reached an impasse. Hazel does a superb effort breaching the impasse via a heinous move and falling high on the final corner. I second up and realising times getting on suggest to Hazel to get to the next belay any way she can. When I arrived there it was very cold, neither of the 2 pitches we’d wanted to do were completed, the forecast was shit, we couldn't communicate with Dyer and other aid climbers were coming up to use the good bit of grey ledges. Feeling gutted I suggested we bail as my thoughts of the Sierra Nevada in the beer locker to commiserate our efforts became prominent.

We fixed down to Mammoth and had a beer. After a couple of days getting impatient in Camp4 - the forecast was for it to shit out at 11.00 - and as Dyer had not done any climbing and these pitches were awkward in a 3, we headed up and did the corner and slab 1st go before patching the haul bags up to weather the rain and Dyer did everyone a favour by replacing 3 of the fixed lines down from Heart.

At Camp4 the other prospective member of the team arrived briefly and having mentioned ballistic and ethics many times in one conversation I was slightly relieved he wasn't coming up Muir as I associated neither of those things with our current efforts. We were keen to do it in similar style to Caldwells Shaft ascent. Up to Heart, have a rest day on the deck, then go. With the weather being a bit shit an extra rest day or two was had. Nico Potard and Paulo set off on the Friday in the turd weather and we joined them at Grey ready for a final push. Hazel did the 13b corner 1st go and Neil followed through climbing the 13a slab first go with Hazel making short work of it. We do 2 further easier pitches and bivvy on the triple direct.

The next day was a big one in the sun. An 11d links into a 12b, a 12a/b layback, a 12c layback and hauling doesn't sound much but it felt it. Hazel laybacks up the 11d leading to beneath the crux and pulling out of sight onto what looked like a ledge from the meadow and starts moaning about it being hard. I managed to hold my tongue wanting to tell her to just get on with it which was lucky as it was an awful and desperate pitch when seconding. It felt like a 12c slab with very loose flakes making climbing across it feel like the old game ‘operation’ as the flakes would decimate teams starting the Nose.

We made a base beneath the crux which looked incredible and Nico and Paolo were good enough to leave 3 pegs in. Keen to save time I aided the corner that night and lower down to climb it with 2 rests and sleep more happily in the knowledge it was doable. The next day was quite fierce. We all warmed up with a burn up the corner on a rope, then Hazel and I checked out the top crack which has a sting boulder problem near its end. We waited out the sun and in the evening I had a burn in the sun on a rope to save time and Dyer blasted the corner looking like Samson pushing the temple apart and almost flashes the tope crack. Hazel, Ms Patience, makes an awesome ascent pulling the ropes she leads it easily 1st go. Under pressure I was well happy to second this pitch before darkness. I was so close to falling off the top crack it felt like a stiff breeze blew me into the final finger locks.



12D Knobs

The next day was another big one in the sun. After losing an hour to mincing we arrive on a 13a traverse involving a burly down climb of an arête to a dyno for a jug where your feet run out necessitating swift execution of 2 quite filthy moves before a much easier lip traverse.

Watching the sun creep across the face made for a frantic effort. After falling nr the end first go I get it next thinking it quite reachy and was therefore super impressed with Hazel working out a shorty sequence in the sun so quickly.

The next 12b gave us all some grief but luckily Hazel found the midget variation. I knew some of my friends like Robbins would be well suited to the brilliant 12d pitch beyond, involving some hot knob pulling it led to some great ledges where we had some porridge and grub.

Dyer led the next traversing 12a dyno pitch, which lead us to a fantastic ledge above the shield wall. As the ledges were getting set up I quickly fix the 11d above ready for morning involving using shrubs to reach a chickenwing to gain a layback I abbed to the belay thankful I didn’t have to climb this ‘choss’ pitch in the morning.

The next day started badly. Some strange noises coming from the 11d as I’m belaying are at first amusing but after ten mins are worrying. Hazel had gone the wrong way on the layback and had become stuck in a chimney. It was seriously close to a 999 episode and I was concerned both for Hazel and myself when Steve Findlay next came round to pay me a visit. Luckily our dihedral queen got extricated and we continued via an ace 12b to the penultimate pitch a 13c corner. Hazel and I checked it out and Dyer pulls a blinder flashing it easily on second. About 7c laybacking to half height it then gets really hard for 5/10 metres. We hung out hiding from the sun and just before dark I give it 3 burns in 15 mins slipping off the easier bit each time I was pissed off and knew the evening was going to be long. Hazel had a sterling 1st burn almost catching the ledge post hard climbing.

Her next goes are more tired and things begin winding down with Dyer having belayed the both of us for 3 hrs by headtorch. I ask for 1 last go and manage to slither to a high point, pasting my feet wherever I slap the ledge, mantel and spin round to look down most of El Cap and crow down with delight at my friends. Hazel quietly sends it next go and we have a very tired final feast on our ledge. Topping out the next day was fantastic and I was more than happy with how we’d climbed it with Neil and Hazel being great company on the wall. Neil giving the strength, Hazel the next  gen’ talent and myself offering an impatient edge. Almost every pitch was as good as it gets. As well as relief at being finished it was also sad as you may not climb with the same team again. The moment passes.



Yosemite 2012

The 1st rest day didn't go too well, losing a forfeit in cards with McManus, for who had to lead the Monster OW, on our 1 day bid to try Golden Gate, which with the weather due to pull in unfortunately had to be sooner rather than later. Dyer and Callum were going for Freerider the same day and Naomi and Gareth on the Nose, there were jokes about a mass Brit rescue as the weather was due to go bad at 23.00.

After 2 days rest we set off at midnight and things didn't start well. Falling low down I realised I’d put the dud batteries in my torch. As I’m blocking to Mammoth Dan kindly lends me his torch and chatting to Dan about how much better life is I fall again on a 4b move cursing into the night, climbing without due care and attention this time I felt ill and I knew Dan would be thinking exactly what I would have been, which was ‘what am I doing on the cliff with this clown’. Not wanting to let Dan down I pulled myself together re-climb it and things go fast and smooth from here to the move pitch. Dan hadn't fallen to here and having grabbed a good sidepull he needed only to pull his right foot up. He had 2 goes getting cringe-fully close. With the grey clouds having moved in time is against us. I get close on the 2nd twice in ten minutes.

Dan tells me later it was horrible to watch as my fingers uncurled on the finishing holds. We hit the Tower for the people (pitch 30, 8 to go) zonked and nervous about the weather. Going French free and getting a little lost in the night we topped out around ten and staggered down east ledges to camp4, both of us more knackered than we could remember being. The heavy rain came down an hour or two later. If Dan had got through the Move pitch I’m pretty convinced he’d have polished it off or would have gotten deadly close. Dan has been one of Britain's best trad climbers for a decade now and has been going very well the last 2 years, if any companies would like to give him free gear (like Scarpa and DMM) he’d be a great ambassador for it. When I go again GG in a day with a bigger weather window will be top of the list. From that effort I couldn't open my eyes for more than 20 secs for 2 days, looking out like Moley from Wind in the Willows enviously at everyone with 20/20.

Dyer cooked up a mega feed round a fire in Camp4 on the final night in the valley. Dan and Callum and I finish the holiday hanging out in San Fran eating loads. The Fort Mason YHA overlooking the Golden Gate and Alcatraz must be one of the best based YHA's in the world.

 A MEGA Trip.

 Thanks a lot to my partners, Pete Graham for helping haul gear to El Caps Base, Justen Sjong for ace beta, Scott Cosgrove and Kurt Smith for being bold enough to find the line and placing the belay bolts for our horrifically heavy haulpigs, Nico and Paulo for the pegs and Will Stanhope for picking up the bags, Neil and even Hazel from the picnic car park.

Thanks also to Sophie for not having too many parties while her devious partner was away, my Sponsors for ace gear to try and trash and the Brenin for the time off.



...Oh and one more 'Big Up' to Raff, a captain with British Airways who tried to get us upgraded to Business Class and got us some champagne - legend.





Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Winter in Wales
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:15 pm
Winter in Wales (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2012/11/-winter-in-wales.html)
19 November 2012, 7:38 pm



The Lleyn

I could moan a great deal about the weather we’ve had in North Wales for most of the past 12 months but to sum it up I can say that if Mark Reeves makes a sequel to his 1st climbing film it could justifiably be called ‘Between the Floods’.  Rock climbing through the winters in North Wales generally involves some bouldering, some Slate, the odd day on Gogarth or Tremadog but the most reliable venue for good weather and dry rock is the Lleyn Peninsula.  The Lleyn is the area I associate with being forced to go to after constant weeks of rain and having a lack of the boredom threshold necessary for going sport climbing on Pen Trwyn.  

Looking down Samarkand with the green Mariners Lichen being the fluffy stuff on the rock, common on many UK sea cliffs  

The Lleyn is never likely to become popular however much Pat Littlejohn touts its virtues because it boasts some of the loosest rock you are likely to climb on. Don’t get me wrong there are some routes with great rock down there, Path to Rome, any on Pen Y Cil, Cripple Creek and Tonight at Noon all have pretty good rock. However, on many of the climbs on Stigmata buttress on Dorys I’d guestimate 6 out of 10 of the holds you use are very loose and the other 4 more solid ones you could pull off without trying too hard, you get used to only pressing down on the holds, never outwards. It has always surprised me that the crag is still there every time I’ve visited it over the years and I presume this is down to the low rainfall because heavy showers would surely wash much of Craig Dorys into the sea. Climbs that get E6 on the face would be HVS/E1 if solid and generally follow the bigger corner systems, such as the Gross Clinic and Rust Never Sleeps. The climbs are not quite as dangerous as they sound although the safest method to climb necessitates a cautious approach and has been described by one friend as slow ledge shuffling.  The new ‘super’ routes Stevie Haston has put up follow very steep lines through the looseness and look terrifying with no recourse to bridging when the holds you are on start disintegrating.

If adventure climbing is your thing and you enjoy sea cliffs then the Lleyn should be top of the list, Gogarth pretty much pales in comparison (certainly in terms of rock quality). The highest proportion of potential new routes in North Wales can be found on the Lleyn.  Jack Street and C Jacksons 1968 epic route Vulture on Cilan Main is possibly the wildest climb of the grade in North Wales and the fact that there is only 1 other free climb on that huge bit of face adds to the feeling of remoteness.  The other freeclimb on this face is Terrorhawk, a contender for the best multi-pitch E6 in North Wales with the most serious pitch being the first one which it shares with Vulture, the rock thankfully gets better as height is gained.

 

One of the few forays outdoors since I’ve been back was to have a day out at Dorys with Sophie. We chose Samarkand, an E5 just right of Byzantium which I know has some of the best rock on the cliff. I gave Sophie 2 tips before starting. One was not to fall off the start as seconding with 45m of rope out could easily put you on the deck/boulders with the stretch. The other was to check every hold before using it as it’s not like grit. The contrast between the good Yosemite granite and the ‘good’ Dorys rock felt considerable and after our ascent we met a friend Sam at the Beacon Climbing Wall who had pulled a flake off the top of the same climb and broken his leg in the fall. I classed this as getting away lightly having been nervous about the prospect of pulling a hold off the top wall my imagination had made the consequences more serious.

There are many terrifying stories people have from climbing on the Lleyn. Sat in the Heights with Leigh McGinley he tells the story of him and Chris Wentworth going for a repeat of Littlejohns and Sustads epic traverse of Dorys, War and Peace, a 16 pitch E5. Towards the end a ledge collapsed on Leigh and his fall pulled out Chris’ belay with the pair of them left hanging on one cam and both of them battered and bloodied. They had no car so had to walk back to Abersoch and hitch back to the Heights in Llanberis to consume lots of ale. I presume they had a thousand mile stare on each of them.

 

Climbing on Terrorhawk, a Littlejohn and White masterpiece  
 

A trip out to the Lleyn for me usually involves doing 1 climb before I remember why I hadn’t been down there for months which does not bode well for my recall as the days out I’ve had there have been some of the most memorable. Climbing Vulture with Mark Reeves I remember watching him walking/climbing along the 5b traverse pitch with no gear until near the end and wondering idly where we’d/he’d end up if he fell. Climbing Terrorhawk with Jack had been a good adventure where Jack managed to place a bulldog on route, the first summer placement I’d seen used at the time.

Climbing Other Realms with Neil (the youth) Dicksen was an interesting affair. The climb was originally given E5 by Littlejohn even though his partner Chris Forrest had said it should not be given such a low grade. A strong team had pulled a block off it and had been forced to retreat, another strong team had had some combined ‘shananigans’ for an ascent to be made hence it had earned a reputation. Neil led the direct variation first pitch which felt like an E6 6c. On the 2nd pitch I climbed up to a bulge at 10 metres and stretched to place a cam high on the left in a loose looking ‘tombstone’ flake. I grabbed the most solid looking undercling which came off in my hand, thankfully I stayed on and reversed to the belay knowing the youth was revving to go. Neil was near his most relaxed and fatalistic form at the time and climbing up to my high point he didn’t hesitate to grab the loose flake I’d placed a cam in which I realised was directly above the belay. He backed it up and sat on the runners whilst I adjusted my belay to swing to the side if the flake plunged downwards. Neil comes down to the belay and suggested something about the crux bulge I didn’t want to hear.  I go back up more relaxed with the knowledge that Neil had tested the flake and was at least 2 stone heavier than myself, I committed to the bulge and grim wall above. We topped out and like the others who have done the climb more recently it left an impression as do many of the climbs from Littlejohns legacy.

In 2007 myself and Nick Bullock went for a repeat on a classic 2 pitch Dorys ‘E5’ called Bobok which according to one of its first ascentionists  means ‘the chant of dead people’. Bobok was put up by Ray Kay and Dave Jones, 2 devout loose rock activists who put up some truly terrifying climbs in great style. Stevie Haston tells the story about trying a new line through it and lowering off some appalling runners he was able to flick out with the rope when safely on the ground.

The hard suffering Sophie looking at the bible before being forced to abseil down  

Nick set off on the first pitch and took an hour to get 10 metres.  2 hours later at 20 metres he had to pull up a 2nd rack and after 4 hours he reached the belay.  Seconding the pitch I counted 40 runners and realised that the rock and protection quality was such that a fall would not have been prudent even with that amount. Nick having taken many awful falls onto terrible runners must have felt the same.

On the second pitch I’m thankful the rock quality is better and using a big foothold I make a long crucifix to gain a groove and eventually the top. Nick gets into the same crucifix position when seconding and the big foothold comes off leaving Nick ‘campused’ in a strenuous position, fair play to him though he didn’t fall. It had felt quite a bit harder than the E6s on the crag.

The one time I’ve climbed with Pete Robins on the Lleyn involved a slightly regretful experience for a friend. We went down to repeat Professor Whitaker, an E7 in Vatican Zawn. After a quick look in the guidebook I led what I thought was the first pitch and Pete led through on the second rapidly as Pete does. The gear had seemed good and we felt it to be very easy for the grade and/or that we were going well. We went back to Llanberis and told Jack Geldard how easy it was and how great the protection.

Jack obviously spent more time checking the guidebook and with Tim Neil went and tried it. He reached an impasse and felt it to be a bit dangerous so went down after a fight with the rock and maybe a dodgy fall?. Sometime later after some questioning it had turned out me and Pete had climbed the E4 called Messalina to the left of Professor Whitaker. He was unimpressed. Sorry Jack.

If you’ve climbed a lot at Gogarth and are after an adventure this winter buy the Lleyn guide and be careful.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Most used items 2012...
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:18 pm
Most used items 2012... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2012/12/-sponsors-big-up-a-look-at-my-favourite-things.html)
20 December 2012, 9:48 pm



ARC'TERYX:

Caff smug in his warm Fission SL jacket on top of the ever windy St Johns Head, Hoy  

Undoubtedly my Fission SL jacket, the lightest weight fully waterproof insulated jacket Arc'teryx make. I hate being cold and this is very warm with a good hood, pockets, and internal pockets for drying gloves out. It's great as a double wammy with a waterproof in horrendous rain and wind with the double waterproof layer being a tip from the veteran of outdoor work Martin Doyle after a horrific weekend  a few years ago where all PYB instructors and clients were soaked to the skin within an hour of being outdoors.

The base layers Phase SLs have only left me for the time it takes to wash and dry them, great stuff. The shirts are very trendy as well, the only thing I find more strange than myself being in such great kit is when I see Ryan Pasquil in it.

DMM:

The offsets of every size seem to be the wires of the year for me and I think I've placed more of these than the standard wires/wallnuts. The Alpha quickdraws have been getting some whack as well. The sport ones feel abit like the Mambas but you can dismantle them to use the krabs for other stuff making them more useful for me, they feel pretty heavyweight so that they'll last a long time and won't flap about in the wind easily, great for redpointing.

I've been carrying a few longer alpha trads for lower down routes to reduce rope drag and saving afew of the lightweight phantoms for the top half of climbs. I'm a bit of a trainspotter nowadays.

STERLING:

The yellow Velocity 9.8 is the rope of the moment for me. Its was certainly useful for holding Calum on his many falls last week. The 2 Photons, 7.8 mm 70m ropes have been great as well, they were used for fixed lines on El Cap briefly but I'm hoping they'll be good for the Longhope route in the summer as they may be getting well tested up there.

The Photons being used on El Cap with Hazel Findlay having completed the dyno gaining ledges above the Shield headwall on pitch 29 of Premuir/Muir Wall, Yosemite, California.  

RED CHILI:

A bit of a parting shot this one. I'm looking forward to wearing 5.10s from January but have been with Red Chili for about 14 years and have liked alot of their range. The Habanero and Dos Equis in the late 90s, the Voodoo and X-Cube in the early noughties and finally the Coronas and Matadors from 2008 ish till now. The only Red Chili shoe that now fits my feet is the Matador. These are pretty downtoed.

When trying Big Bang  in 2011 I went down from size 6.5 to 6 being nervous about slipping off the small foothold on the lip and they did the job  but this could be why the Coronas no longer fit? who knows. I used them on the Meltdown slab as well and when knew they can feel fantastic (as long as the laces dont snap in which case you're knackered). They only come in black so don't where them in sunny, warm places like..........!



Cheers to Richie Patterson, Mark Smith and crew for the support over the years.


 

 

See Left - The Matadors and an incriminating picture off a social networking site put there by the person who gained some airtime on the Enduro Corner (and many more pitches) on Astroman just above.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: New Beacon Climbing Centre – Routesetting...and Climate Change
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:20 pm
New Beacon Climbing Centre – Routesetting...and Climate Change (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/01/new-beacon-climbing-centre-routesettingand-climate-change.html)
2 January 2013, 10:34 pm



The new Beacon climbing centre has been up and running for a few months now and I'm sure its owners, Steve and Gill are happy to have the Beacon associated with good dry routes, not that the routes found at the old Beacon located on the side of Mount Doom were poor or damp. The new Beacon offers great routes, bouldering, a great cafe with views and with the Indy Wall on Anglesey there are now 2 very good training facilities in North Wales not including the Mill. Many members of the National Youth Academy and other very good youths are climbing/bouncing around at these venues all the time so I'm expecting to get a rope up lots of climbs I'd like to do next year or for them to put the clips in.

The BMC lead ladder started on the 1st of December and I set 5 of the routes 7a - 8a. Steve Mayers had warned me not to set any sandbags so I was quite liberal with the holds. When Mark Reeves made light work of the 7b my suspicions grew and were later confirmed when Calum got up the 8a very quickly, I was gutted but had some satisfaction when the 8a spat Pete Robins off the last move. They've all had a grade knocked off them now.

As well as the BMC lead ladder climbs I set an 8b. I expect Emma Twyford will be throwing laps on this climb soon before going over to Malham early next year (if it dries out again) to finish off Unjustified, a route she was looking close on early last year. One thing I know for sure about the new beacon 8b is that Pete has no chance on it.


Ian Maxwell and Anthony 'Ginger' Cain at the new Beacon Climbing Centre  

Climbing indoors is probably the most sociable type I can think of, with people of all ages and backgrounds under the same roof. Chatting with Anthony 'Ginger' Cain is always an eye opener. Ginger is 82 and owns Llanberis Mountain Arts which has many of Gingers fantastic paintings of crags and mountains in the UK and abroad. He heads to the wall afew times a week. Talking about climbing in the Lakes he said he'd once walked from Ambleside over to Wasdale up to Scafell to climb and walked back again the same day- we've definitely got it easy nowadays. Last week after a chat at the wall he asked if I was heading down the pub later, I replied that I was having a quiet night in and left the wall feeling suitably soft compared with Ginger.

Facilities like the Beacon and Indy are crucial for keen climbers in Wales, especially as 2012 was the 3rd wettest year on record in Wales. Having had to leave my car half a km from my house the other day and wade through floods to get home gives some indication of the levels of rain we've been having. Work recently has consisted of trudging through bogs with maps, compasses and hoods up although myself and Dan Vajzovic did manage to get some climbs done on the Orme and the slate in the mornings before arriving at the Beacon due to downpours. The highlight was Dan seconding Pull My Daisy just before the rain, with Dan having only started climbing this year.


Dan and goats on the Orme  

In North Wales it's nearly always possible to find somewhere dry to climb but admittedly I can now name every good gear placement on many of the climbs on Tremadog, Holyhead and the Slate from having done them so many times. In 2008 at Plas Y Brenin I climbed Striptease 15+ times in the summer as one of the driest amenable climbs. Working outdoors nearly every day makes you think about the weather a great deal, effecting where you go, what you do and mental stability.



As part of the contracts for Plas Y Brenin you are expected to give a number of general interest talks in the evening. For the first year I did my talks on climate change, fresh from my environmental science course and slightly concerned that very few people believed human activity could affect the weather. The emphasis of the talk was on the IPCCs (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) Report and their findings and also the Stern Report as a separate source with similar findings. I also had a small look at Nigel Lawson's 'Great Climate Swindle' which essentially involved him and 1 entomologist going against 99% of scientists saying climate change was caused by Solar Flares and it didn’t effect a certain type of insect. Interestingly a few days after Nigel’s show the Met office put graphs up on their website showing that solar flares couldn’t account for the warming.


Rhian, Kirsten and Paul in a bog  

The general theme of the research was that climate change was very serious with a changing pattern of weather distribution and much higher likelihood of extreme weather events being just 2 of many grim consequences. No scientist would say climate change causing the heavy rain but it's probable that it’s a major factor affecting the weather.

After a year of depressing people I changed my general interest talks to showing exotic climbing destinations like Madagascar and Yosemite. The hypocrisy of my change has not been lost on me. The first talks implied it was morally unacceptable to waste energy willy nilly and the next talks were helping inspire people to blow their energy consumption sky high with international flights. If you are a climber who would like to become a true environmentalist I'd recommend becoming like one of Britain’s most low impact climbers, Chris Doyle who was born on the Orme and is looking unlikely to ever leave it other than for the odd trip to Dyserth down the road.

Being a 'low impact' climber and a climber keen on going on trips abroad are never likely to go hand in hand. If anyone knows how to reconcile the 2 without spending weeks on a yacht please get in touch.

The media seems to have put climate change on a back burner in recent years other than for random reports on 'leaks' that bare no relation to the full findings of the reports. The next few decades are likely to show how accurate the IPCCs predictions are going to be. I see wind farms and solar arrays as a very small price to pay for mitigating some of the effects of climate change and any way that energy consumption can be reduced and offset seems to be a worthwhile venture. There is nothing to lose by doing something although with a possible long flight this year and next I think I'll have to do more than most for it not to be 'business as usual'
.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: La Rambla
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:22 pm
La Rambla (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/01/la-rambla.html)
18 January 2013, 9:56 am



A Siege in Siurana...

There are many climbs which have a good element of history about them which can add to the desire to climb them and in the realms of sport climbing La Rambla is up there amongst them. It’s 40 metres long and follows a crack and amazing headwall. The majority of it was climbed by Alex Huber in 1993 who placed a chain 5 metres from the top next to a 2 finger pocket. He gave it 8c+ and it’s regarded by many as a sandbag at the grade which having a v8+ boulder sequence after an 8c it probably is a toughy. In 2003 Ramon Julian made the first ascent of the full link to the top, pipping Dani Andrada to the post who himself had been getting very close.

I had a look at the moves last time I was there wanting to make certain the dynos Chris Sharma does in the middle section of the climb are possible for a weak shorty like myself. I managed all the moves thanks to some good info off Alizee Dufraize for 2 of the reachy bits and if I was going to try a route of this calibre La Rambla would be my number 1 choice.  With this in mind I'm postponing my Brenin contract and am heading out to Siurana on the 21st January to be out there until the 16th of February trying it a few times as well as some other great climbs in the area. A good team of people are coming out for the first week or the entire trip, partly on a recommendation on the quality and feasibility of this climb.

Long drawn out red pointing is quite possibly the most boring past time of climbers and I am a little disappointed my most boring friend Pete Robbins can’t join me for these first few attempts. Luckily my next most boring friend Ryan Pasquil is psyched to come out for the duration, taking time out from his plumbing. I know he’ll find the big moves in the middle easy and the headwall at the top will certainly suit him as well. Speaking with him over the phone the other day made me concerned over how seriously he’s taking it having reduced his alcohol intake and even his tabs!

Having seen Mina walk up Pump up the Power first go on lead a few years ago I thought she’d get on well on the headwall. She’s coming out for the first ten days to check what it's like and it wouldn't surprise me if she starts racing Alizee for the first female ascent. Calum Muskett is also coming out having been training with his cheat sticks in Norway over the New Year Calum is taking time out from his memoirs and is looking forward to the steep limestone of Siurana. I'm especially glad Calum is coming as last time I was in Siurana the little turd put rocks in the bottom of my rucksack which I didn't detect until at the airport! Ray Wood is joining Calum and Mina on the start of the trip, having not been to the region before he's likely to be blown away by the landscape. As well as climbing Ray is hoping to get some piccies of DMM kit with a slightly brighter backdrop than found in North Wales.

 For any sport climbing nerds like myself the route is essentially a stamina fest, the first 30 metres involving a burly 8c with big moves on good holds leading to a reasonable shakeout beneath the 10 metre headwall which is about 8a+/8b with 2 quite droppable moves on it. Thankfully the top headwall is less steep and has smaller holds which are not as far apart so it's a bit more like UK climbs.

It has spat off many great climbers over the years so I’m not too hopeful about doing it this trip but will be chuffed if I get onto the headwall and if it felt close I’d think about going back out in November for a rematch. Ryan is unlikely to need a return visit, not to put too much pressure on him. Climbs beyond my normal limit generally involve giving up certain luxuries for a short period be it cakes, alcohol, coffee and lbs. I've given up on giving up these things since Christmas but I'm hoping to have more discipline whilst out there as well as a stiff breeze and a miracle.

Thanks a lot to DMM for contributing towards the trip



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: SHUT DOWN IN SIURANA
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:23 pm
SHUT DOWN IN SIURANA (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/02/shut-down-in-siurana.html)
22 February 2013, 10:00 am



CATASTROPHIC FAILURE

I was going to start the report positively but thought I’d give warning of what lies beyond. The big flop was another potential title. For the first week myself, Ryan Pasquil, Mina Leslie-Wujastyk, Calum and Ray shared a small cabin before me and Ryan set up our tents in Siurana Camping, the place of much wind. During our stay in the cabin Calum dealt with the cooking, Ryan the plumbing, Mina the positivity and press ups, Ray took care of the twittering and I looked after the sarcasm; as well as being overall winner of the iron bladder contest each morning.

The positive elements at the start of the trip apart from a great crowd of people shifting through the campsite were Ryan and Minas’ performances. I think it’s fair to say it wasn’t DMM climbers’ finest week but neither Mina nor Ryan had any decent quick draws so we just gave them ours and pointed them at various climbs with me and Calum shouting encouragement.  Although Mina hadn’t put on a rope in ages within a few days she had great day flashing an 8a and doing an 8a+ and looking more than fresh enough to have scored a hat trick. This was combined with pretty much scoring the high point for the team on her first session on La Rambla as Mark Reeves texted me soon after, although with the spelling it was hard to tell! Mina massively reduced the drudgery of hanging out with the less charismatic members of the team and I/we were all sorry to see her go. Mina is thinking about a sport trip next autumn and I can’t wait to see what she does.

Ryan Jancyn Lankyn Pasquil.  It’s hard to know what to say really. I’ve seen Ryan climb amazingly well many times and at the start of the trip he was on fire (he got a bit tired from the windy nights and helping to commiserate my side of the trip). After onsighting Siouxie and Anabolica he had 30 mins on a 9a called Jungle Speed at the end of the day doing the crux moves almost straight away. I told him there was no way he was talented enough to climb 9a but he didn’t listen. Next session on it he nearly did it and 3rd session he got the send, which I believe may be the fastest ascent of a 9a by a Brit. A few days later it looked like A Muerte was going to get the same treatment with him linking from beneath the crux to the top second session and on the 3rd he made it to the last hard move to the under cling 3 times.  

He is about 6ft, has a +6 ape index, is quite scrawny with small ears and is very good at timing moves. His athletic diet is well known to those in the Sheffield scene, which is partly what blew me away with what he could climb after pretty minimal ‘preparation’. There is no doubt in my mind that Ryan can climb 9b. Fact. He did manage to put one foot wrong falling on a 7c, which both Ben Moon and I did not but I didn’t make a big deal about it. Did I mention that Ryan did put one foot wrong on a 7c...Apart from watching Ryan make short work of really hard climbs it was also great that he had a propensity for losing at cards to decide who washed up. Very good skills Ryan.

Alice, Helen and Iris in the Siurana Camping Barn  

I suppose I should mention La Rambla seen as how it’s what I intended to try. After a month or so of pulling on more plastic than I ever had before I felt I was where I should be to get started on the first 2/3rds having had quite a few 2/3 session days and 2nd session doing most routes in the beacon between 7c and 8b once or more before finishing on a fingerboard. I got on it and checked the first half again, to my dismay it all felt desperate and after 3 goes my arms and body felt rinsed. I was totally gutted and couldn’t face another go for more than a week.  The dream felt broken the first day. I had 3 or 4 more goes on it which were all focused on getting up the starting crack and each ended with butchered fingers and morale. I likened my attempts to a Redhead painting: something not to be taken seriously but with images which could portray how I felt. Sitting on the third bolt looking up at the chain 35 m away life seemed pretty grey but at least it was more colourful than hanging out dry tooling in the slate quarries.

The list of debacles which went on in the first 2 weeks were too many to name, like a seismograph going from bad to worse. Ray and Calum had come out partly to support my dream, having faith in my ‘ability’ and I have no idea how I cocked up so badly. I was feeling as emotional as Gascoigne, obviously minus the tears, this may be attributed to something in the Soja drinks according to some friends but I think this is best left out of this report! On my final ‘look’ Ryan lowered me to the ground and I was truly disgusted with myself.  A nice guy from Holland had asked why I didn’t do something else but to me the question was like asking someone who had come to try the Nose on El Cap, why not try one of these others. I'd already built it up too much in my mind. About 2 weeks in I gave up on the idea of getting on it again and to be honest as most people who have done it have onsighted 8b+ or harder I probs should have stopped sooner. If I get back to the fitness level I got to in 2011 I'll go back just to try and squeeze up the start.

Looking From Siurana to Montsant  

The last few days involved some late nights and some fun days out climbing. A big team of friends cooked up a feast in Cornudella, French Fred was chef, and the team included Ben Moon, Gavin Ellis. Craig Smith, Nick Sellers, ‘Barcelona’ Ben and Dave the spy who gave me and Ryan a lift back later on. The chat during the evening ranged from Craig regretting not going back up Salathe with Skinner for the first free ascent to Barcelona Bens explorations in Barcelona and even a Yorkshire chipper got mentioned.  Ben Moon was the first guy to give me some money for climbing which proportionally makes him my biggest ever donor, I was totally blown away when he said it was the first year of his business in 2002/3 and I was a bit ashamed by his lack of return. The talk was of a big wall trip in 2014 so I’m hoping I can repay him through some Hauling guidance.

The last night at Siurana was one of the most memorable parts of the trip. Myself and Canadian Nick kicked everyones’ arse (Ryan, Iris, Alice and Colorado Terry)at cards, we didn’t brag about it though, it was the cards, the cards were the stars. After a Paella in Siurana camping things really got going in the Barn, Adam Mulholland lost arm wrestles with both Bob Hickish and myself and turned his ire on Ryan with a Cumbrian wrestle, I’m not too certain if it was the north or the south that won but both got dirty. Bob Hickish snuck off to bed early but Bobs tent was soon found and dismantled with Bob nearly catching his first air time into the Manzanita bushes.

Camping in Siurana varied between paradise and life after the apocalypse depending on your attitude. The final night of the trip was spent groggily at Barcelona airport having been rescued from being lost on the trains by a super nice guy called Fernando. Mulling over the trip that night I tried to pinpoint the lowest point on the trip, was it day 1 when realisation that there was no chance dawned, the middle of the trip when realisation had been tried and tested to failure or the end when I became an mass of sarcasm oozing round the cliffs. Hanging out in Spain is no hardship and Malcolm Tucker from the Thick of It had correctly pointed out that you can stick some people in paradise and they’ll be walking round moaning about not having a mobile phone signal.

Ryan about to lose for washing up again  

Why was I so gutted about my pitiful efforts? Letting down friends, family, sponsors, failing at the first hurdle? A few years ago a friend was surprised when I Paid £50 for a cam that protected Masters Edge, I had a few hundred quid in the bank and would have paid most of it to have bagged the climb, the cam was certainly what I regarded as a necessity, not a whim. These climbs can end up meaning a lot for the ardent climber, more than they should perhaps. My build up for La Rambla got me 8m up it (probs head height) and the 2 trips cost more than a big wall trip to America which is an economists guestimate of the value I placed on it. This makes the first 8m on La Rambla my most priceless bit of climbing yet. I got home binned my boots, chopped my ropes and burned my beastmaker.

Only kidding. I’m off to work to do some great work now for Phil George and Plas Y Brenin.

I'll be back Ryan, just you wait!    



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: MARCH ROUNDUP
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:24 pm
MARCH ROUNDUP (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/03/march-roundup.html)
24 March 2013, 12:05 pm



 After working 16 days on the trot with some overnight camps, night navs

and late sessions I headed up to the lakes via LPT and gave a talk at the

 Kendal climbing wall, the start of 3 days off.

   The weather had taken a turn for the worse and the day after the talk

involved brewing in the Square Orange Cafe catching up with Adam Hocking for 2

hours waiting for the rain to stop planning to visit my sister and godson in the afternoon.

 Around 13.00 I head down to Falcon crag, climb 2 routes and with the weather

 improving I txt my sister that I was going to be late, 7 routes on shepherds requires

 another txt to my sister. I leave borrowdale and drive round to Thirlemere.

 Looking up at Castle Rock and feeling somewhat selfish I send yet another txt

and with a trip up Harlots Face to finish the afternoon re-acquiantance on Lakeland rock

 Ipromise to return again asap.  

 In terms of climbing great routes in a fantastic landscape there are few places like it.

I drive back to Wales late that night musing over which was most dangerous

between soloing a few extremes or driving down the M6, it seemed that more could

 go wrong on the motorway in terms of mechanical failure and human error.

    The next day involved a trip to Treaddur Bay with Hazel Findlay to check

Tim Emmets E9 6c, Chicama out. The tide was high, the rigging complicated, the

downclimb toprope to check it a pain in the arse, the route was dripping wet and

seemed very reliant on rotting pegs which all reminded me why I’d not tried it

before. The moves were thankfully really good so a return visit is in order especially

 seen as how Hazel and Pete Graham have replaced the rubbish old pegs, a great

effort as it wouldn’t get climbed without them so it would just be left neglected.

Hazel made the 2nd ascent after very few trips down and did it in pretty cold and poor conditions.

 Hopefully the weather will improve for Hazel to make light work of some more

 hard Welsh trad. Emma Twyford is also keen for this climb having been on it once

 with Hazel. Watch this space!

Hazel looking down on Chicama on the first visit  

 

After my 3 days off 7 days of mountain navigation courses resumed which

were great if a little cold and windy. My first day off I was very stoked to do

some climbing and with Mark reeves in tow we made the pilgrimage through the

rain to Craig Dorys where the rain stopped and thankfully the crag was dry. The

previous year Leigh McGinley and Stevie Haston had put up a knew E7 going up the

left side of the Stigmata buttress naming it Box of Blood with Leigh saying it

was the best climb he’d ever done and Stevie pronouncing it a 5 star route. I

get racked up with a huge rack to embark on my first trad route of the

year.  

    The first half of the climb is shared with an E5 called Crucial

condition, bridged in a shakeout at about 20 meters where that route sneaks left

to ledges I feel pumped already from the careful style of climbing which is

dictated by the loose rock. With a nest of cams in weird wafers that Leigh had

said were good I pull up and climb fast for a few meters as there is no

protection. Wedged into a groove I put a sling over some iron coloured crusts of

rock and plug in a poor cam to help hold it on. I found 2 very poor rps and try

and work out where to go. There were 2 possible paths, the continuation of the

groove on the left or where the first groove fades and forms an arête. I go up

the arête, arms tired I make some steep moves and reach up for what appeared to

be a good ledge, feeling a crumbly sloper I stare for 2 seconds at a sloping

crumbling choss section and feel ill at the place I’ve climbed into. Thoughts of

a big fall or worse were in mind and it was 50/50 on wether to scrabble for dear

life or reverse the steep moves on tired arms and a swift reverse to my perch in

the groove ensued. After a few words with myself I found the true line up the

continuation groove which led to good gear in a break thankfully and an awesome

'crack' in a vertical headwall. Hanging off hand jams on the final shakeout

having climbed up and down from the last 6b moves on the headwall 3 or 4 times

trying to work it out my mouth was parched, fingers on a timer as soon as they

used small holds and there was a deep ache in shoulders and legs-this was a

pretty familiar feeling and if the gear is good with a clean fallout zone it’s a

position I highly recommend. I wasn’t convinced the gear Leigh had mentioned in

the final crack would hold a fall so it would be a good ride from the top.

Having tapped a very loose looking flake to check it would hold my foot I

committed to the final long rockover out of the crack to a good edge and final

lunge for a porthole just beneath the top.  

    The route was incredible and gave me the feeling of deep satisfaction

like a game of chess which you had to try hard to win. I was blown away Leigh

McGinley had climbed the route a few months after a hip operation- knarly git.

Mark Reeves seconded up having belayed for more than 2 hours I got him a brew

and cake in Abersoch. Nice one Mark. Yet again 1 climb on the Lleyn is enough.  

Mark Reeves loving the moves on the 2nd ascent of Box of Blood  

   

In the realms of bouldering Pete Robbins continues his development in

Ogwen valley giving yet another devastatingly difficult arête called Madame

Allure which at font 8b makes it one of the top 3 or 4 hardest problems in the

Welsh mountains. In Spain Ryan Pasquil continued his run of good form making a

swift 2nd ascent of Vacuna Matata, 8c+/9a and doing a few 8b+ in a session. Strong

buggers!

Pete Robbins bringing seriously hard moves into the Ogwen Valley on his Madame Allure

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Easter weekend: Harmony & a Pass Challenge
Post by: comPiler on April 03, 2013, 05:43:24 pm
Easter weekend: Harmony & a Pass Challenge (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/04/easter-weekend-harmony-a-pass-challenge.html)
1 April 2013, 8:22 pm



Luckily 9 days off work coincided with some of the finest weather North

Wales has seen in some time making the area into a ‘Little Chamonix’. A

recommendation by Calum Muskett of the quality of Stevie Hastons route Harmony

on Craig Dorys led to a visit there on Saturday to escape the bank holiday

crowds. After a warm up on the beach boulder and a lengthy belay for Sophie I

managed to top out on yet again a stellar route by the Haston/McGinley team,

definitely owe them a pint. The route felt like a trickier version of the Great

White on the White Tower of Mother Careys in Pembroke but with pumpier climbing

before reaching the thin crux high up. Care is needed on the first roof but

after that the gear is quite good (take plenty of cam 2s) and this climb

deserves more attention together with its next door neighbour Tonight at Noon

one of the better protected E6s in North Wales.

Abbing down Harmony to strip the gear  

The day after was a great day delving into a few different aspects of

climbing down the Llanberis Pass with Jim ‘Big Guns’ McCormac. The ‘Man of the

Pass Challenge’ was thought up by Neil Dyer some years ago involving climbing

Cascade, Jerrys Roof and Right Wall in a day. In January 2 years ago he did a

fantastic effort having climbed Cascade and Jerrys Roof in foul conditions Neil

scampered most of the way up Right Wall only to find verglas and snow on a ledge

leading to a big fall, a better tick than climbing it in my mind. Neither myself

nor Jim had climbed Central Ice Fall Direct and with clear skies it seemed

perfect conditions to try a Pass challenge as Dyer had thought up. Gareth Ashton

having been disappointed to have missed Neils effort the 2 years prior was keen

to come out and get some footage along with Neil Dyer himself.

    Being a Bank Holiday weekend we expected a crowd to be at the base of

Central Ice Fall when we arrived but we were delighted to be first on the scene.

The night before 2 friends and Pass/world climbing pioneers, Tim Emmett and Neil

Gresham had climbed 3 of the best ice routes in Wales starting on the Devils

Appendix and walking over to Craig Y Rhaedr to climb Central Ice Fall and

Cascade finishing at 4 in the morning. I was a little disappointed that the top

icicle still had lots of damoclean icicles and a txt from Tim saying watch out

for the top pitch ‘its fragile’ wasn’t great for the morning nerves. Another

friend Gareth arrived and made a swift solo of Cascade and when myself and Jim

arrived beneath the top pitch 3 friends, Jon ‘the Hobbit’ Ratcliff, Andy Scott

and Tim Badcock were perched at the first belay. I told them it would be like

being in Vietnam to be where they were and they said to do whatever I had to!

Shouting "ice" a great deal it was Andy Scotts whoops which let me know they

were enjoying dodging the pieces and were still thankfully ok. After cleaning

the bit to gain the icicle I pulled above and noticed the inch wide horizontal

fracture Tim had warned about. The route had 3 fantastic ice pitches and me and

Jim were made up. We got to the base at 11.20 and a handful of locals and Mick

Lovatt had arrived, unbelievably quiet, we weren’t complaining. At the Cromlech

boulder Clare Carlsen was a total star and brought our team a breakfast butty

each before we headed up to the Cromlech.

Me and Jim on the top icicle with Jon, Andy and Tim stying out of the ice fall zone  

Arriving at the base with Jim I was disappointed to see big wet streaks

down the top of the Lord of the Flies and an ice chandelier which looked like it

could go and if it did could knock off the leader or injure the belayer. Dyer

comes up and being a legend pronounces he’ll boot the chandelier off and get

some shots from above. Tim Emmett (the ever stoked furnace) and Sophie arrive

along with ‘Fluff’ and Adam Wainright making the atmosphere pretty sociable. The

first ¾ of Lord were dry so I thought to do that and finish up the top of Right

Wall but reaching the girdle ledge I ask Neil if the top looks climbable, he

gives the green light and a few goppy moves later with some yells of

encouragement led to the top. It was the 4th time I'd led Lord of the Flies and

to be honest it felt as good as the first time. Climbing it reminded me of

Liveseys foresight, Fawcetts skill at climbing it in welly boots, Leos at doing

it by headtorch, Dave Thomas by soloing it and the first time I climbed it at

the end of a great week in Wales in 1999 with Colin Downer and Wesley Hunter.

During the week staying with Ken Thoms in Deiniolen we did loads of Welsh

classics, the Cad, the Moon,  Sexual Salami, Cardiac Arete, Silly Arete, Central

Sadness, the Dervish, Edge of Time, Weasels, and finished the week on Left Wall

and Lord. It was one of the best weeks of climbing I'd had at the time and doing

Lord was the cream topping of the week. Tim and Sophie bomb up Right Wall having

mentioned him and Leo had done it in trainers with a crap belay on the girdle I

was both impressed and disturbed by their antics.

Neil Dyer practicing his photography and me wondering if I should jump for him for telling me to try it. Lord of the Flies  

We pile down to Jerrys Roof with Neil mentioning it should be a formality I

wasn't as confident having woken in the morning with painful aching strap

muscles and bingo wings from the Lleyn the day before. Jerrys is a problem I

must have done around 200 times or more and could do a few laps quickly when

fit. However I've gone from warming down on Statement of Youth to having to

redpoint it again in the course of a few months and ten goes later on Jerrys

things were not looking optimistic. Considering it was some poxy fun challenge

for locals I felt a ridiculous amount of pressure to get up it knowing I

wouldn't be trying the trilogy again nor would conditions necessarily come

together to allow it. After a 15 mins rest I managed to drag my sorry self up it

feeling considerably relieved. Tim Emmett comes down and having not done it for

years gets it done super quick. A burger fest at the Heights bar with most of

the people who had been out was a great finish to a day incorporating some of

the great types of climbing in the Pass. Thanks to Jim, Gaz, Dyer, Clare,

Hobbit, Andy Scott, Tim, Sophie and everyone else for making it an ace day.

Jerrys roof before burgers all round at the Heights

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on April 03, 2013, 06:01:28 pm
Hero.
Title: The 'Rest' of the Week 
Post by: comPiler on April 09, 2013, 01:00:39 am
The 'Rest' of the Week  (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/04/the-rest-of-the-week.html)
8 April 2013, 8:12 pm

 

   Highlights of the rest of the week were having a nice boulder down the

Pass with Neil Gresham, a great day on the Lleyn with him Mark Reeves and Llion

Morris, Neil Gresham repeating the ‘king of the pass’ challenge and repeating

Chicama on Trearddur Bay with Neil Dyer.

   Having driven back up from London having only been in Wales 2 days before

Neil Gresham was psyched for the Pass challenge. I met up with him down the Pass

for a great day bouldering and hangout and with Reeves and Llion in tow we

headed down the Lleyn the day after as Neil hadn’t been down there before and

was keen for some sun having been shivering up the pass the day previous.

    We repeated Dan McManus’ fantastic route The Apprentice on Porth Ceiriad,

E7 6b. Starting more or less off the beach it follows a crack system with quite

good gear and holds which appear just as you need them, combined with some of

the best rock on the Lleyn I think it’s destined to become a classic. I think

it’s best to do it in 1 pitch just in case a loose hold comes off and you wipe

your belayer out. Reeves and Morris put up a new route up some choss and Reeves’

dishevelled look when we met them after it told the story of their climb well.

We finished the day climbing Cripple Creek on Dorys and the views back towards

the snow covered mountains were spectacular.

The Apprentice, Porth Ceiriad   On the Saturday Neil Gresham was off to try the Pass Challenge with

Robin Thomas and myself and Neil Dyer headed down to Trearddur Bay to look at

Chicama.  I’d watched Tim Emmett on

his first attempts on the line in 2003 and was impressed that he led it with

pretty minimal pegs which were of dubious worth and also did a tricky looking

DWS to get into the start which would definitely get your arms going. Tims jump

off the top into the gap was also terrifying stuff. I was also impressed with

Hazel Findlays speedy ascent as most of the moves seem to be big reaches between

good holds and Hazel is only ~4 ft 7 . Hazels psyche and Pete Grahams pegging

skills were the main reasons some of us ‘locals’ got interested.

 

  I’d been down it once with Hazel but it had been wet and a little uninspiring at the time.

This time it was dry and having lowered down and warmed up on the upper wall I did it

 from near the bottom first go but with arms that felt a bit baked from the previous days.

Neil hadn’t climbed since being in America last year but still looked like he

could have climbed it without his feet! I went down once more to assess some

gear and sequences and belayed Neil again. The hardest climbing is to gain the

halfway mark where a good shakeout and cam are had before pumpy steep climbing

beyond. Being 45 degrees overhanging and tidal gives the climb an intimidating

nature. I thought I’d give it a go as it seemed reasonably safe with the current

in situ stuff although the start has a poky feel to it and it has a hard move

off a ‘crescent’ sidepull high up which would make for an exciting fall. Neil

built a belay on the slab left of Treacherous Underfoots crack and I climbed up

to place the first key cams and wires and down climbed to Neil for a breather.

Clipping the first peg I found an easier method for the next bit and the rest of

the climb went smoothly although I did feel tired on the crescent move. We

stripped the gear and headed for ice creams.

Neil Dyer-Legend      

That evening Robin Thomas dropped by with news of Neil Greshams success

on completing Jerrys roof, Lord of the Flies and Central Ice Fall in a day. As

they were coiling the ropes at the top of the ice route they heard a loud roar

and when they reached the base they discovered the top 2 pitches had collapsed.

I thought Robin was pulling my leg at first. I’m pretty sure my robust friend

Chris Guest who climbed it the day before must have destabilised it in his

passing. It was great seeing how Neil was stoked for the climbing in North Wales

again, although with the sobering climax Neil must have felt he was back on the

Indian Face. Good skills Neil and Robin.

Neil Gresham enjoying the tranquillity of the Porth Ceiriad beach with Reeves and Morris looking shady behind

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Pembroke
Post by: comPiler on May 08, 2013, 01:00:36 pm
Pembroke (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/05/pembroke.html)
8 May 2013, 10:32 am



  A good weekend in Pembroke left me wondering why I’d only been down once last

year.  Myself and Jim McCormac rushed down Friday night from Llanberis to make

it in time for drinks at St Govans Inn.  We started the Saturday on Pleasure Dome

 where I enjoyed belaying in both the sun and sea spray before heading into Stennis

 Ford to try Bubbly Bosun. It was a bit more serious

than I expected and placing a wire blind halfway up with it being the first

proper protection gave me flashbacks to doing some of the Pete Whillance climbs

in the Lakes as a teenager. I wondered what I was doing there for some minutes

before getting pumped clipping the 2 crap pegs beyond my wire and reversing the

dusty crux 3 or 4 times in the process, deciding wether to commit. Having

extended my wire to stop it flicking out I did eventually commit wishing I’d

worn my smeary boots rather than brand new ones but gaining a good hold, wire

and last tricky moves to the top. It’s amazing how pumped a 7a+/7b can get you

when climbing carefully and reversing some of the hardest moves because of anxiety

about the unknown. The climb is marginally easier than Souls but with none of

its good protection, I wouldn’t recommend it to anybody less than 5.7 as the

gear would be very tricky to place, it has good climbing, shame it’s not got more gear.

    After doing a brilliant E3 corner in Huntsmans Leap called Strap Up we finished

the day on an E6 I’d been meaning to do for years called Fortune Cookie which

felt like a well protected E5 after the mornings route and gave great wall

climbing.

Stennis Fords fantastic wall      

The same day a strong North Wales Team were in the middle of a great

holiday. Calum Muskett and Dan McManus were cruising up lots of hard climbs

doing three E6s on the Saturday having done similarly the day previous and doing

 more hard climbs on the Sunday even managing to finish the holiday on Pat

Littlejohns stunning 2 pitch E6 on St Govans, Crimes of Passion. Worth keeping

an eye on what they get up to this summer. Alex Mason and Gemma Powell were also

on a mission with an ascent of Ghost Train and other tricky routes. The banter

in St Govans was great Saturday night even with Calum and Howard there. Calum

gave his best joke yet:

 “What did the egg say to the boiling water?”

“You’ll have to try your best to get me hard, I just got layed this morning”.

Picnic at the top of Ghost Train with Alex, Gemma and Jim      On the Sunday we started in Stennis Ford on the Mysteries/Hysteria

combo before repeating a great route of Dave Pickfords called Nightflight which

accesses the Point Blank headwall from the left. About E4 to a great shakeout

jug and good cams before a techy crux on sidepulls with a runout it deserves to

become popular at the E7 grade being about 7b+ rather than the 8a of Point Blank

and considerably nicer than Bubbly Boson. We finished our Sunday with 2 quick

routes on Govans before the prerequisite tea and cream Scones at Ma Westons’ Old

World Café and the dreaded drive back leaving friends who were lucky enough to

be staying an extra day.

    Thinking about Pembroke on the journey home I realised that I’ve done

more great routes there then on any other crag. With all the new guides coming

out I’ll be down there again soon. Big up to friends doing great deeds on

Wimberry and of course to Jordan who got the 3rd ascent of Rainshadow. Very envious.

The end of a weekend in Ma Westons with Jim, Jenna and Dyer

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Longhope Trip
Post by: comPiler on May 19, 2013, 01:01:19 am
Longhope Trip (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/05/longhope-trip.html)
18 May 2013, 9:24 pm

 

   

Driving Northwards on Monday to try the Longhope route in a day with Ben Bransby. We are going in Convoy with the super youths Alex Mason and George Ullrich who are also going for a 1 day attempt on the Longhope via the Turnbull/Arran route. Gritstone extroardinaire Adam Long is also coming up for part of the trip keen for some sandstone action.

Dave Macleod on the stunning top pitch of Longhope.    

   

I’m looking forward to trying to climb the full height of St Johns Head with Ben. I’ve been involved with 2 trips with Bransby and Long both of which were very memorable. The first was 11 years ago when we put a free route up the Nose on Eigg in the Hebrides. Ben and Adam along with Robins had attempted it ground up on a previous visit

and got shut down with loose blocks and later a stomach bug. Adam had attempted to aid it and this also proved futile. We resorted to abseil and in the blankest looking bit one of the hexagonal columns came away leaving a jug exactly where it needed to be. I couldnt believe our luck. We had a look at it on a rope and tried it the day after. Ben had cruised up to the last move and was about to reach for the finishing jug when the pump set in and a monster fall onto the RPs in loose columns was tested. Adam Long got a picture about a second before the fall which was on the front cover of an OTE magazine. We both got back on it and led it. It was a fantastic feeling partly because it is a great knew route and partly climbing it with Ben. I wanted to call it Picking the Nose but the others were’nt into

it. It was 7 years later when with the same team we repeated the Vouie Petit on the Grand Capucin in the Alps, this

was one of the highlights of the last decade or so of climbing for me with a congratulatory email off Arnaud Petit who had set the climb being a cream topping to the trip.

Bransby with a jug just above his head but very pumped and about to take a big fall onto shit gear. The Nose, An Sgurr, Eigg    

   

Bransby is sounding super keen and watching him walk up an 8b the other

day and shakeout halfway through the slappy crux reminded me of how good Ben is,

as Pete Robins put it he’s quite often the‘best at the crag’. The person who

most obviously could climb 9th grade sport routes but hasn’t got round to it/been boring enough to put

in the days.  After winning the youth comps for years Ben came to the Lake Distict in 1999 and blew me away with

how well he was climbing.  After pathing many of the E6s and E7s of the Lakes he set off up Impact Day on Pavey

Ark totally onsight!  This route was given E9 6c at the time and he got within a whisker of it, with a hand on the scoop right at the top but with nothing left to hang it. An unbelievable effort to have the confidence to set off and he literally stunned everyone not least his belayer Pete Robins. Adam Hocking phoned to tell me what had occurred and I thought he was pulling my leg. Nobody has tried a climb graded E9 in the same manner since that I know of without knowing everything about the climb although the stuff that Honnold and Favresse are doing is probably near the mark! We are talking 14 years ago now so it was well ahead of its time.

Route topo. Big pitches. I hope Ben doesnt get vertigo!    Ben missed out on the Yosemite trip last year due to his Labrynthitus, literally having to pull

out 2 days before so it will be great to get him up on what I believe to be one of the best trad routes in Britain, with pictures of Dave Macleod giving inspiration for a preliminary trip last year with Dan Varian and Adam Bailes. The plan is to drive up hopefully doing some routes like Dalriada and/or Romantic Reality (xtreme rock tick) on the way up. Get the ferries then brush and work the top pitch to make sure we’ve got a chance and on the 1st dry day set off from the sea level to the top. I think we’ll both be keen to lead the top pitch and if we go the same day

as George and Alex it should be a sociable affair. I intend to stash some nice beer on the summit to have something to look forward to and maybe help the energy levels for the crux top pitch as well as taking a good headtorch just in case we're going slow. Dan Vajzovic will be making a flying visit for an ascent of the Old Man of Hoy as a lead up to a potential big wall trip next year on the Naranja de Bulness. If the weather is good and all goes to plan maybe there will be time to try a knew route around Rora Head which is good quality sandstone and full of impressive lines. But if not we may enjoy travel scrabble and cards back at the hut. I’ll go with Dave Macleods philosophy of just going to give it the best effort we can. Climb more, tweet less.      

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fiend on May 19, 2013, 04:12:13 pm
Dream team!

Climb more, blog more about it :D
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Wood FT on May 19, 2013, 08:16:11 pm
Good luck all!
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: willackers on May 19, 2013, 08:32:03 pm
 This is amazing! Good luck!
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Adam Lincoln on May 19, 2013, 08:50:30 pm
Don't forget Reqiuem on the way up. First o/s?
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: andy_e on May 20, 2013, 10:20:13 am
70m HVS 4a... Sounds scary. Good luck with the whole thing!
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on May 20, 2013, 11:40:45 am
I think that's the one pitch I'm not intimidated by...
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: SA Chris on May 20, 2013, 11:49:50 am
I was going to say similar. That one would be my lead.

Enjoy it guys. Rora Head looks fun too, you going to get on it? Got room for a surfboard JB?
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on May 20, 2013, 11:57:11 am
I'm flying up on Friday, so no. Hoping to get to as many crags as possible though, plus do the megalithic sightseeing rounds obvs...
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: SA Chris on May 20, 2013, 12:40:49 pm
Obvs. Don't forget your copy of Modern Antiquarian.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fiend on May 20, 2013, 01:21:06 pm
Good luck with your big HVS 4a lead JB  :)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: SA Chris on May 20, 2013, 01:23:45 pm
Topo says 4B? Academic I suspect.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: T_B on May 20, 2013, 02:08:43 pm
Brilliant.

Ref the Naranjo de Bulnes. I stood below El Pilar del Cantabrico (13 pitches, F8a+) last September and for a team of this calibre it looks like a brilliant thing to try on-sight in a day without faffing with fixing ropes etc. In the shade a proper impressive piece of wall overhanging for the first 150 metres with ring pull bolts to keep it spicy. Orbayu (8b+/8c) also looks amazing of course, though has 'proper' bolts. Nice camping next to a hut and 20 minutes from the base of the wall. Go to it Caff et al!
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: richieb on May 20, 2013, 06:29:04 pm
This is ace. I was on Orkney a couple of weeks ago and was wondering when Caff would be back for Longhope. Good luck to everyone going and have a good time. Good luck with ferries too, the Scrabster boat has been out of action for a few weeks so I guess the other one has been extra busy.
Title: Longhope report
Post by: comPiler on June 02, 2013, 07:00:31 pm
Longhope report (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/06/longhope-report.html)
2 June 2013, 4:09 pm

Having finished work and set off up the M6 to pick Ben up from Preston train station

 the weather was perfect. Alex Mason kept us company until Kendal where he was

 staying with George Ullrich, the car had an holiday atmosphere. After a night in Applebly we

continued North in convoy with George and Alex. Ben was in charge of the music

and by the time we hit the border my ears had had so much hiphop I was imagining

an ejector seat button on my gear stick. Pulling up beneath the Buckle and

stepping out the car I couldn’t believe our luck, it was shorts weather. The

base layers left behind we all set off for Craig Y Banchair/ Tunnel Walls.

   

The last time I’d climbed here was 13 years ago with Stuart Wood, Nick

Wharton and Dave Birkett. We’d had a good day climbing the extreme rock route

the Risk Business and some other routes further left but rain had stopped play

there the day after. Romantic Reality was a route I’d had on my list that year

and I’d not gotten around to climbing.

 

The first pitch looked grim, a 6a Whillance pitch it was filthy with moss and lichen,

 I managed to get Ben to lead it. After a few kg of crap coming down he arrived at

the belay and having expected him to come down saying it was too dirty and that

we'd do some of the sport routes to the right. I thought shit I’ve got to try the 2nd pitch

now.

The dirty crack pitch on Romantic Reality   I climbed up to a roof about 20 ft above the belay which thankfully had great pro.

 I pulled up above it and feeling like I’d had too much for lunch had a few moments

 on the ‘slopey holds’ which were a bit dusty before reaching the good gear above.

 I was chuffed to get an awkward hands off rest in the damp corner above to help

 get something back from a flash pump for the brilliant steep moves up right leading

 to a huge sinker jug. The rock beneath the dirt is great and the route is well deserved of

its place in the Extreme Rock book. Its got me well keen to head up to some of the great

 Scottish cliffs and I may even rekindle some keeness for Indian Face but only to tick the

 Extreme Rock book. The teenagers had a great time on The Risk Business. We stayed at

 the CC hut in Roy Bridge and got to Gills Bay for the Ferry over the day after to eventually

 make a base at Rackwick Bay Bothy.

Alex and George on the Risk Business, Tunnel Walls   The next 2 days it was COLD. We walked up to deposit the ropes and abbed over.

The ropes blew horizontal and making the mistake of having my gloves off for a few

 minutes meant I had hotaches soon after. Looking up at Ben having trouble negotiating

 through where I’d redirected the rope in the top roof I was concerned I’d have to use his

corpse as a ledge to help clamber back out. We went back up and worked out where

the descent was. The lads did TOMOH being a bit sheltered from the NW winds. The

day after felt even colder and with all of us having a midday pint in Longhope

town shivering by the fire the route did seem a long hope with daydreams of

Southern France becoming a recurring theme. The day after the wind thankfully

dropped and myself and Ben managed to get on the climb. I’d remembered a lot of

the sequences from September and we cleaned the holds and did some links on it.

The pitch definitely felt harder than the year before as I couldn’t do the last

hard move the same way locking a low crimp and getting a jug static so I did it

similar to Macleod with a higher drag/crimp. Having the Meltdown to aim for

previously had meant I was a lot fitter then. Ben made the hard bits look easy

and the easy finger jam bits look hard. We walked back down and got prepped for

the day beyond.

Ben working the top pitch on the last move of the upper crack       Ben shaking out on one of the lead cruxes showing he has ditched his vertigo   Waking up the next day at 3.30 we both felt pretty baked and my little toe was

 throbbing like in a cartoon. We reached the top before 6.00am and I actually perked

up a bit from the walk. A twitchers paradise a few Peewips were trilling as we found

our gully where lots of fun bumsliding down lilies and avoiding fulmars led us to the

boulder beach. This area feels a little like the Lost World and brings thoughts

of Hitchcocks ‘The Birds’.Lots of Shags made loud rustling noises before

shooting out from beneath boulders, Ben was often shocked by them but I told him

not to worry as I'd dealt with birds like this before.

 After working out where to start I set off up the 1st pitch which

involves climbing like Pacman to avoid the Fulmars. Ben leads through making

short work of the E6 corner beyond. We made pretty good time. The Vile crack was

slimy and felt like some of the green E3s you get in the Lake District, with

some reasonably pap rock beyond. On the 4a traverse left disaster struck. As I

walked along the outside of a ledge system with numerous Fulmars I crouched past

the last one, victory in sight when one‘got me’. I was gutted. The Vice/stomach

truffle was a unique pitch neither me or Ben had done anything quite like it, I

was thankful the Fulmars had disappeared from it as a facefirst puke attack

doesn’t bare thinking about. Ben bombed up the Guillotine and I actually used my

knees to get on it, very poor style. I thought about stomping on it to get rid

of it but I think it will do another few years and wasn’t certain I could manage it.

   

We arrived beneath the final pitch around 15.00. Both of us were feeling

the session the prior day and I was wishing we hadn’t gotten up quite so early.

Having been on the pitch more times than Ben I went up. I was hoping to climb

fast and confidently but it didnt end up that way.  

Climbing the lower wall I placed the cam.5s above off a good fist jam,

they didn’t go in how I’d like and I made a quick reverse to the belay to warm

up and nurse my tired arms. After 15 mins of shivering in the cold I set off. I

reached the crux reach halfway up and couldnt decide whether to campus my foot

on like I did last year or to use a small foothold like Macleod. I tried to

campus it on, and fell off. I pulled back on and do the move with the foothold

and lower down to the belay thinking we were going to have to come back up on

the Tuesday if the weather was any good. I was not looking forward to this as

there were some great looking new routes to try on the rest of the island. After

a half hour rest I managed to lead back up and get through the crux. Climbing

badly I reached the poor shakeout beneath the last hard moves before rejoining

the Arran/Turnbull link. After 10 mins here I spooned my way through the slap to

the double knee bar rest feeling elated. I was pretty confident of doing the top

crack when tired and having told Ben that it'd be E3 6b on the grit I'd of

looked a bit of a knob to fall off it.  

I did however cock up extending one runner and with a heinious amount of

drag I nearly blew the very last move for a jug above the last roof. Ben came up

and together with Adam Long we had some drams of Orkney Whisky to celebrate. The top

pitch is as good as it looks in the pictures and video. Heading down Kath, May

and Dan had joined the Rackwick bothy basecamp party. Bens slotted a short vid

together of our ascent. https://vimeo.com/67457960



   

I was impressed with Dave Maceods ascent as it was fall free and the top

pitch is a slippery devil which when placing loads of kit will feel 8b, to do

similar we would've probably needed another session and a rest day as well as

the fact that me and Ben were swinging leads. Drummond and Hills effort hanging

out in the land of the birds for a week back then left me dumbfounded, a

stunning effort. The crag feels like it belongs to the Fulmars and the less time

spent on it for me the better.  

   

I think the Longhope may well be physically the hardest sea cliff climb

at the moment, in terms of having the hardest pitch with the top pitch being easier if you

like jamming and crimps. It’s not that sustained a climb with the lower

pitches being a good laugh but most of them are possible in a pair of scrambling

boots if you’re capable of climbing the top pitch. Something like the Impossible

Wall that the Belgians did is likely to be another contender for the hardest sea

cliff being super remote and with lots of hard pitches.    

Old Man Dan Vajzovic on top of the Old Man, with Puffin      

The following day I guided Dan Vajzovic up the Original Route on the Old

Man of Hoy which was a great day out. I’d managed to climb around a Fulmar

knowing it would have plenty of puke left for Dan to give him the full Hoy

experience.

George and Alex had a good epic attempting the Turnbull/Arran link of Longhope

 involving a headtorch traverse across one of the green breaks into a gully high on

the face they arrived back at 3 in the morning. 2 days previously Alex had managed

 to scald his leg with boiling water, he had a cold and the weather was poor when they set

off so it was a great effort. They are thinking of calling it the Long Hopeless link.

George beneath the Death Corner project on the right. Its steeper than it looks in this picture, honest.   After 2 rest days I was really stoked to try what I’d naffley dubbed as the Death Corner

project. This ended pitifully low, getting belly height with a ledge where I was going to get

rock shoes on a chock I’d put a sling around moved and I looked at the huge

flake I was on dubiously. The tide was about to block escape back to Rackwick

bothy and the breakfast scenes so we retreated. I think I’d chosen a shit line

to access the corner and further left may be better. We’ll be back. Later that

afternoon I watched Alex and George climb the classic 2 Wee Laddies. Reading a

French Phrasebook I knew very little when they started but felt pretty fluent by

the time they reached the top. I eyed up lots of fantastic knew lines right of

the Mucklehouse Wall area which will be where I head first next visit before

I  climbed and prussocked back out for hopefully the last time.

Ben and Adam on Two Wee Laddies, Mucklehouse Wall, Rora Head   The final day on the islands we had a great morning on Yesnaby where the quality

 of the rock feels close to grit. Me and Ben soloed a few of the easier classics with

 Ben spotting me as we went before we tied on for Dragonhead, a little gem.

 I'd placed some chalk on some poor holds hoping to red herring Alex but his route

 finding skills were too good and to be honest I would have felt guilty as we all thought

he looked like a teddybear with his beard! The food in Julias café in Stromness was a perfect

finish to our exploits. We did try to get up to the Cobbler on the way back but

in a gap between 2 hills in the cloud and the rain we were lost and wet. I was

thinking of using ip dip dog shit as a method for choosing the way but we went

down and went home. Something to look forward to for next time.

Alex and George loving Dragonhead on Yesnaby, Orkney   Thanks a lot Macleod for some inspiration and cleaning efforts to mum for giving us a nice cake to take up, Kath n May for the Pancakes, Ben for still climbing with a git and to James the Rackwick Bothy Warden+Trust for taking excellent care of the best bothy in the world.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Clogwyn Du'Arddu: Margins of the Mind
Post by: comPiler on June 12, 2013, 01:00:40 am
Clogwyn Du'Arddu: Margins of the Mind (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/06/clogwyn-duarddu-margins-of-the-mind.html)
11 June 2013, 9:53 pm

   The spell of good weather coincided with a cancelled ML assessment and an

extra week off work which led to a varied and great week of climbing. The

quantity of ascents of most of the tricky routes on the Final Judgement Wall on

Cloggy has been unprecedented that I know of and shows how many good climbers

there are operating in North Wales at the moment. Routes which have been getting

ascents apart from the obvious are It will be alright on the Night, Authentic

Desire (3 ascents) and Shaft of a Dead Man, the culprits are Calum Muskett,

George Ullrich and Alex Mason.  

    I’ve wanted to try Margins of the Mind for well over a decade. A John

Redhead route from 1984 its second ascentionist Nick Dixon suggested it may have

been the first E8 in Britain. At a party some years previously Johnny Dawes had

mentioned that it was a ‘feral climb’. Neil ‘the Youth’ Dicksen hit a purple

patch early in 2008 and got close to an onsight going back a few days later to

polish off a groundup, but you know how they always ham things up in films?

Having done a bit of climbing with Neil I thought I’d save a separate report for

him at a later date. On his first effort Neil spent about 4 hours on the climb

and I was intrigued as to what took him so long.

Me and Neil the Youth on the belay of Hellbound, Smoothlands, Devon. Composed of 2 pegs and 3 skyhooks it was one of my least pleasant belays, luckily Youth didnt test the factor 2 fall off the 6a/b moves above it.      On the Monday I had 2 top ropes on Rare Lichen on the Gribin Facet with

Alex Mason, working out the moves and the gear before leading it. It’s a great

route, serious but after working out the moves the climb felt ok and the

Longhope was a considerable step up in difficulty. For some of these hard routes

the American grading scale does make a bit more sense 7c R/X for Rare  compared

to 8b R for Longhope gives a better idea of the difference in difficulty. After

a quick top rope on the Gribin Wall Climb I decided to leave it for being fresh

one day after work as I’d enjoy it more, it's probably easier technically than

Rare Lichen but a tiny bit bolder.

    The following day myself and Calum headed up to Cloggy with Ed Booth.

Calum cruises up Authentic Desire for a warm up and Me and Ed second up. A great

route, the more microwires you have the better you can protect it.  

Calum showing his better side on Authentic Desire with ed Booth getting some glory shots.   On the top I get racked up and with Ed belaying I set off on unbeknownst

to me one of the hardest unsuccessful ‘efforts’ I’ve given. Shuffling over loose

crap at the start I was struggling to work out where to break through the first

roof which Neil had mentioned was an issue. After some mincing I commit to

slopey backhands and make the pull to ok fingerjugs. After plugging cams into

rattly thin downward pointing flakes I shimmy up to the peg and thread a sling

through it. After going up and right then down and left then up then down then

right then up then down then left then up,(you get the point) eventually I crack

a sequence for the mid crux and reach for a small flake. Making steep moves to

get stood on it I try and place a poor RP and can’t resist shouting Redheads

iconic line down to Ed "you’ve let me down Ed, you’ve !!!!!!! let me down you

!!!!!!!". Ed went quiet but it was meant to lighten the mood.

     I reached the juggy shakeout on the left and realised Neil the Youth had

in fact let me down by saying the wire was good. 2 Rps 'sit' next to each other on

the top of the block with, I bluetacked a big skyhook down and equalised the lot,

thinking the hook to be the best piece. It had taken some time to reach this

point and I grew well acquainted with the next section. Up and Down, up and

down, Sorry Ed. Up and Down. Locking off the sidepull youth used I was still a

mile off the jug and definately felt the route was pushing my comfort zone of hard

moves above shit gear when knackered. On one effort a small pinch offered extra

height gain and spurred on I started to move up but the bugger snapped. Somehow

I stayed on and prevaricating on the shakeout I wondered if I was trying hard

enough. It was a progressively loosing battle from this point really.  I had

felt tantalisingly close to success on a few goes but I was KO’d. Joe Brown had

told me he never did a move he didn't think he could downclimb and I felt kind of

similar on much of this route. Rather than lowering off the gear and going up

Octo then rapping for it I got Calum to throw me a rope (when he’d put his

rescue on facebook I wondered if it may have been better to have fallen and

died) and pretty much hoist me out as it was a swifter affair. Ed Booth who is

taller than me came up saying he couldn’t lank that move either but having

belayed for hours its surprising his body worked at all . Although the effort

had ended in social embarrassment I was actually pretty happy with my effort at

the time and a bit blown away by Neils efforts some years before and Redheads

effort in 1984. I’m sure I would have backed off sooner without having seen Neil

going for it.  At 20.00 Calum was keen for one more route, having poured the

rest of my water over my shaking toes to cool them off I said I was going

down.

George Ullrich the day after making a brilliant OS on Shaft of a Dead Man with the Final Judgement Wall in the sun   After a rest day involving ice cream and chores the Thursday found me back

on the same wall with George Ullrich. After climbing Octo George started to get

racked up for Shaft of a Dead Man. I can’t resist abbing down and looking at the

move which had stopped me. Pulling on with my feet at the high point I couldn’t

believe it. Having thought it to be a solid 6c move, the move appeared easy. I

pulled on again for good measure and did the move again. How could I fail so

near, the move felt easy whereas I was adamant it was 6c on my attempt. I jugged

back up thinking I hadn’t given it 100%. George makes a sterling onsight of

Shaft and having had a pretty derisive kicking on it many years before I was

happy to second it clean still feeling a bit baked from Tuesdays effort. Unhappy

with how easy the move on Margins appeared and being 2 routes from completing

the climbs in John Redheads book One for the Crow we leave the kit and return

the day after. We climb the Hand Traverse to warm up which feels pretty cold and

windy but in a great position. Wondering if I should have a rematch with

Margins, I did.

    Setting off at 11.00 the face was still in the sun. I climb the first roof

which is about E5 6b. Reaching the peg I go into the mid crux (like the hard bit

on a 7b+/7c) immediately followed by the next few meters ( like the crux of an

E6 6a)to the shakeout jug where I placed the poor wires and put on 2 hooks and a

pap hook beyond for good measure. It’s probably hard E7 6c to reach this point

and the crux for shorties lies beyond. Pulling up into the reach move I crimp a

small thing and hop my left foot high. At this point things are starting to feel

wrong and a few seconds later eyeballing the 2 finger sidepull crimp for my left

hand things not only felt wrong but I began to realise I’d made a mistake. When

looking at this move on the abseil the rope must have been taking most of my

weight, the pap hook falls off and I have to lay it on for the jug which feels

miles away.  The easy move was in fact a pretty grim one. Thankfully the gear

didn’t get tested and expecting George to come up saying all the gear was fine

he concurred with my fears. We guestimated the climbing to be between 7c and 7c+

depending on wether you can reach. It is certainly harder than Sping in the Slate quarries.

   It’s a serious climb which would have been a bad joke at E7. The best

protection on it is the peg but the guide says it’s poor and sawn off. I had

visions of falling, all the gear ripping and the loose flakes the cams were in

coming out to finish off an already battered body but to be honest that was

looking at it with a pessimists eye. I’d recommend taking a few skyhooks and

some bluetak as they are the best bits of protection. The route would have been

properly cutting edge in 1984 and youths ascent in 2008 I rate as one of the

hardest ground up ascents seen in Britain.Cheers to Ed and George……not sure

about Calum.

Snowdon Lilies at the base of the 'grim gully'       Neil Dicksen in Pembroke at the start of an ace UK cragging trip in September 2008

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: The Crack at the Arc'academy
Post by: comPiler on June 29, 2013, 01:01:05 am
The Crack at the Arc'academy (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/06/the-crack-at-the-arcacademy.html)
28 June 2013, 6:14 pm

     A week in and around Chamonix mid June involved helping out with the Arc'teryx Alpine Academy for a weekend, meeting a lot of sound people, watching some special films, some downhill mountain biking! and some climbing. I'd taken all of my warmest clothes having heard they'd had an abnormal amount of snow for the time of year but stepping off the plane in Geneva the speaker mentioned it was 34 degrees.

    The weekend of the Academy was very busy in the mornings and I was impressed with Tanja Kulkies and Veronika Kraler for not having nervous breakdowns trying to organise who was going where. I helped out with some sport climbing sessions with Mina Leslie-Wujastic and Luka Lindic. Climbing on Gaillon in 30+ temperatures we stuck to the shady sections of the cliff feeling sorry for Nina, Josune and Rikar and the teams who were multi-pitching without reprieve from the sun. The levels of enthusiasm in our group was pretty impressive as coaching and heckling from the trees at the base felt pretty tiring in the heat. Cheers for everyone who came and Isabel and Alisa for looking after us.

   The day after myself and Luka went to find Thai Kickboxing, after getting lost trying to find it in Switzerland a few phone calls later we arrived at the crag which incidentally was back in France. We warmed up on some sport routes on the right and the 7b crack which would be E4 6b in the UK and a classic. My friend Matt Perrier (aka Ug) had said to take 3 friend 5's and 3 friend 6's. We'd managed to borrow 1 cam 4, a 5 and a 6 from Dougal Tavener, a friend whose current appearance is similar to that found in 1970s Yosemite with long blond hair, aviator shades and usually a rollie in mouth he can usually be found with his knew white BMW parked outside the Elevation Bar in Chamonix itself.

   First go I got reasonably close but after a tussle getting stuck with chickenwings trying to squirm over the crux bulge at half height my body gave up. Having seen a picture of Tom Randall with his leg above his head I decided to try the same, second go up before attaining my high point I inverted and with both feet above my head it took a few moment to realise I was no wideboy and couldn't move. Third go got most of me above the crux bulge and I could taste success, this feeling lasted a few minutes but I grew sicker and sicker before the git spat me out.

  After only 3 goes I felt pretty rinsed but I'd got the 'gist' of how to tackle it. Next go I got stood above the bulge and having thought the upper crack looked easy I had to down climb to retrieve a cam to protect the upper crack and was very thankful to have protection as it felt quite touch and go. Sleep didn't come easy for the next few nights with sores acquired on elbows and shoulders, I left the crag with a good deal of respect for the wideboys as I don't intend to climb any more off widths if I can help it.

   The downhill mountain biking was something I was quite dubious about and with various people wiping out early there was good reason to be cautious. Wrapped up in body armour it felt like being a teenager again, tire burning your friends to try and get them off their bikes. At points on the downhill tracks there would be 2 options shown by a red arrow and a blue with the red offering a trickier option. Mina went the way of the red arrow and asking advice from downhiller extraordinaire Harald on how to do it - he shouted back "you don't". Big thanks to Tanja Kulkies and Veronika Kraler for organising the week. The rest of the week had its good points like meeting Emily and its bad points like hanging out with Jack but generally the holiday made me realise why so many people went and spent a winter in Chamonix and never returned.

         Luka Lindic beneath the 7b crack with the crack on the right being Thai Kickboxing       The accommodation in Le Praz with great views of the Dru behind. Its very similar to Llanberis

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: The Indian Face
Post by: comPiler on July 10, 2013, 01:00:47 pm
The Indian Face (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/07/the-indian-face.html)
10 July 2013, 10:04 am

The weather is great for 2 weeks in Wales, a rare treat after last year.

On Tuesday 9th July I set off walking up to cloggy with 2

ropes, a rack and a grigri. At some point the week before I’d decided I was

going to go up and try and do Indian Face in a day. Walking up I thought about

the interesting characters who had been on or climbed it and the impression it

had left on them.  I planned to try the crux moves on grigri, check the gear,

toothbrush some of the footholds before George Ullrich was to meet me at 14.00

and if I felt prepared then….

I had a near religious belief that this was how it was going to happen and

this has nearly brought me to grief on more than one occasion over the years but

having good faith in the efficacy of ones performance is pretty paramount with

doubt being the number one cause of error in many sports. Now was as good a time

as any as my disposition for the bold has deteriorated over the years and it is

not likely to improve. I’ve done a lot of trad climbs this year and had done

Gribin Wall climb with Calum the other morning just before the rain came in. I’d

been on it once before after climbing Rare Lichen and after a quick

re-acquaintance on a rope it went ok. Nick Dixon said he found it as hard as IF

so it seemed an opportune time to test this.

Calums picture of Gribin Wall climb   When much younger I’d planned to try this groundup but being older, not as

bold and having a mortgage to pay it had dawned on me it was not going to

happen. On the Monday I climbed with Ryan Pasquil and Katy Whitaker in the peak

explaining my plan to try some of the moves before leading it I think I may have

disappointed Ryan. I was looking forward to seeing what the climb was about from

the safety of an ab rope and was also very curious as to where I had got stuck

13 years before on still one of the closest calls I think I’ve had even through

a great deal of youthful soloing.

    In the summer of 2000 I made my first and most eventful visit to the cliff

with Adam Wilde. We climbed Vember and at the base I’d run to some climbers on

the White Slab area to borrow their guide for a description of Masters Wall.

Booting up at the base of the groove Adam Wilde asks me if I’m going for the

Indian Face. I’m shocked and actually worried as I did give it some thought for

some moments. At this point in time I was ridiculously confident although I admit

 to not living like an athlete, Ambleside was more of an 1980s scene it was a time

without concerns, especially not about being Homo-athleticus. Wall climbs

suited me down to the ground and I didn’t expect any problems with the climb.

The week before I’d made short work of the Bells the Bells and a few days after

I’d soloed up Grand Alliance in a few minutes just before it rained. Most of my

climbing was without ropes which made the serious climbs feel ok and I was

planning on trying to pay homage to big Ron trying to replicate his 100 in the Lakes and

Wales. It’s only reading the guide now and looking at the picture of Moffat that

I realise I went badly wrong.

     Pulling through the first roof I moved up and after spending a few

minutes trying to find a rock 6 I throw a skyhook on and rather than moving up

right which is where Masters Wall goes I climbed about halfway up the groove on

Indian Face before reaching right and committing to 2 or 3 hard sequences which

felt desperate. Getting stood on a 1 cm edge 4 inches wide I thought I was in

but I soon realised I couldn’t move right, I daren’t move up as although there

was something to aim for if it was not very good I would be dead and the

footholds appeared to runout. I tried to escape onto the resting ledge on Indian

Face just up to my left feeling pretty desparate by then. Climbed out I untied

and dropped the ropes to Adam. What followed was a truly life-changing

experience. I’d been on the climb for some time and Adam didn’t know the cliff

so it took him a while to throw the two tied together 9mm across the face to me

from quite far up to the right. By this time I’d been in the sun for some time,

I’d thrown my rack off to save weight, most of my fingertips were bleeding, I

couldn’t feel my toes, my tendons had been screaming for more than 30 minutes, I

thought I had seconds to go for 30 minutes but you do try your best to hold on

to life. It’s hard to describe that last 30 minutes on that bloody wall but

being tortured before knowing they’re going to finish you off soon is perhaps

not too far off the mark. When the rope reached me I struggled to tie a proper

knot, I think I got a weird slippery hitch in before I sailed 50 foot down right

into Vembers drainpipe crack and quickly slid down that.

    Arriving at the base I was totally blown, Adam was very much the same. I

left my rack and my rope (which had gotten stuck) at the cliff, I didn’t think

I’d be climbing again and wanted to disappear from beneath the jaws unable to

look at the face. The next day me and Adam went down Cwm Pennant and I had the

best tasting egg sandwich I’ve ever had and with my feet in a river I was loving

it. It took a good month to feel my toes again and over the years when people

asked if I was going back for Masters Wall I knew there was absolutely no way.

Seb Grieve went on the Indian Face soon after and was good enough to send me

back the few skyhooks and poor runners from the climb, his note read "none of it

would of held btw", I’ve still got the note. It put a damper on operation upward

movement for a brief time but it may have saved something worse happening at a

later date.

Seb Grieves message he gave me when sending back my hooks   Arriving at Clogwyn Du’Arddu  on this Tuesday, 2013 there was only 1 other

team on the cliff. I made a base and after looking up the starting groove and up

the ominous scoop above I round to the top and abseil over. Looking down the

crux headwall to the resting foothold I’m glad I never tried it from the deck as

much as Redhead would think me someone of low libido. I’ve never been on a climb

with so many ‘almost holds’ for both hands and feet where it ‘s easy to get it

wrong and what could be a 5c move could become a 6b move. I dicked about on this

bit getting a vague method for the step off the rest ledge I was happy with. I

go lower and inspect the gear at ¾ height, the nest. I was a little disappointed

as Neil Dyer had said he thought there were some ok wires and Al Hughes had said

when Johnny did West Indian Face there were some good bits of protection. I

found 1 ok RP but if not placed perfectly it would pull through and it was hard

to judge if it would take a fall. 3 other rp1s near it weren’t that inspiring

either. I checked the moves and gear lower down and was a slightly appalled. The

filed down rock 6 mentioned in the old guide is not therewhich is why I didn’t

find it in 2000, where I presume it went a quarter in offset 5 or sideways rp5

may take some bodyweight. 3 meter beyond a 3rd in sideways

rock 7 again possibly takes some bodweight. These 2 bits are your pro until the

‘gear’ nest at ¾ height, I can only think the gear has changed over the years

for redhead to survive a fall down the groove or else the ‘Gods’ were smiling on

him that day. Adam Wainwrights words about it essentially being a solo began to

make sense. I checked the trickier moves on the way back up and brushed them

feeling nervous knowing it would be my last opportunity that day before a crunch

time decision on wether to try it.  

   At the base a few friends have come up to the cliff, Evans, Emma, John,

Luke, Will and Al Hughes. Asking the time my gut turns as they say it’s 13.20,

40 mins before George arrived I was hoping for 2 hours to decide. The surety I’d

felt before checking the climb was gone and I spent the brief time brooding with

myself. The word unjustifiable was in my mind a good deal of the time. My legs

had felt a bit wobbly when walking off the top and a foot shake almost anywhere

on the climb could be more than likely fatal. I was disappointed I wasn’t the 19

year old who told himself if he could physically climb a route he would climb

the route.  George arrives and I tell him I’ve not decided. I get racked up

anyway. Al Hughes asks if I could down climb from a little way up which produces

a positive response from me as I think to myself I could down climb the whole

bloody route so what’s the problem. I still had not decided wether to try it but

set off up the groove fast anyhow. Stepping left through the first overlap I

climb poorly and 5 meters beyond I plug in the 2nd shit runner, sit on my heels

for a minute and have a word with myself. Letting being scared effect your

performance on this climb is a poor idea but telling your body that is easier

said than done. I thought briefly about down climbing but thought I could still

slip off and could still end up on the ground from 15 meters. I figure it’s

safest to carry on. I climb the groove a bit differently to how I did playing on

my grigri and plugging in the nest I grab the rest foothold and get stood on it.

I bluetak 2 poor skyhooks on and rest for 5/10 mins. I know that it’s all about

the next move for me as beyond the climbing eases enough that it would feel just

like soloing an E4 back in the day. I committed to it with a slightly different

foot sequence than I’d tried and went to the top fast before any day-terrors

could set in.  It admittedly felt good latching the finishing jug and although

I’m uncertain if it’s worth the risk at least it means I can ‘tick’ extreme rock

now. George comes up easily and Calum afterwards.

Al Hughes (Stone monkey Al) shot aiming for the rest foothold   I think at my best I may have ground upped to the nest of rps, possibly

the footledge but no way higher, I would’ve got too tired looking for none

existant runners and nowadays I would of got too scared and would of lowered off

from the RPS (hopefully) or have down climbed from lower. The Indian Face is a

true headgame with relatively steady climbing (by modern standards) but with the

seriousness impeding your performance on it with lots of bits it’d be easy to

cock up and get scared on.

    I think Calum may try it today and George on Thursday so it’s about to

become a trade route. Good luck to them both. I’m going to stick to cracks and

bolts for the rest of summer!

Al Hughes shot, a poor place to be, better then the 'resting foothold' just down to the right though.       The best bit of the Indian Face, the finishing jugs. Al Hughes piccy

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: casa on July 10, 2013, 01:49:20 pm
 :bow: :bow: :bow:
Title: The Big Bang & Premuir footage
Post by: comPiler on August 14, 2013, 09:56:42 pm
The Big Bang & Premuir footage (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/08/the-big-bang-premuir-footage.html)
4 August 2013, 10:05 am



   Some old school footage from Al Hughes and Al Leary of Neil Carson on the Big Bang LPT for the Welsh channel S4C. Apart from talking through the style of the route Neil talks about how he thought climbing could be in the Olympics. When I was starting out climbing Neil was an inspiring character, climbing well in the UK competitions, sometimes winning them as well as putting up a climb which at the time would have been amongst the hardest in the world.

   The Ormes are really coming into there own the past few years with loads of great new climbs being put up on them with 3 friends polishing off really good projects and a new guide coming out it seems an appropriate time for this footage.  

   In 2011 I told myself I'd do whatever it took to try and climb the Big Bang. The long repoint style epitomises everything I hated about climbing when I was younger and on moving to Wales George Smith asked if I was going to try it, I said absolutely no way thinking I'd never ever have the physical capabilities and would never be boring enough to spend days and days trying 1 climb. The repeat came after a not inconsiderable effort over 2 months involving no alcohol or cake, waking up before work with my blood boiling for training and worst of all resting on some nice days. At the start of the siege I was onsighting some 8as in the UK and the odd 8a+ abroad and couldn't touch it. Chris Doyle shouted at me that his Grandad could do better, I retorted I'd send him a postcard from the 9th grade.

 

    It's about 8b+/8c to 3/4 height where a fingery crux of V9/10 at the top is reached and you need to be hitting the end boulder problem relatively fresh to succeed. After finishing the siege on the 31st July I 'peaked' smashing through a bit of a performance platuea and for a month or so afterwards no climb felt off the radar in Britain before I went back to normal - bummer. Although I went back to normal it was Carsens brainchild which taught me that a section of climbing which feels like it takes everything can end up feeling easy with enough effort and attitude and led on to the ascent of the Meltdown the year after. The climb had taken me 13 session that year but it ended up saving me time as soon after I climbed routes which would normally have taken me a few days each I could do in  a few hours.

   

  Although I followed a vague/flexible structure to my training, rest and attempts it wasn't until afterwards whilst reading some sports science style books where things started to make sense about the siege. The best one I'd recommend is 'Bounce' by Matthew Syed, other than Dave Macleods book obviously. Some good snippets I found useful were:

   

When the body is put under exceptional strain extraordinary physiological processes are activated.

Top performers take active steps to stretch their limitations every session.

World Class performance comes by striving for a target just out of reach but with a vivid awareness of how the gap might be breached, over time through constant repetition and deep concentration the gap will disappear.

Purposeful practice is transformative

A few key points to performing well for sporting types were:

        Setting specific goals

        Working Hard

        Showing tremendous discipline

         Taking responsibility for their actions

         Receiving immediate feedback

         Putting as much emphasis on technique as on the outcome

         

  I thought I'd finish by showing some footage from the opposite end of the rock climbing spectrum, at least in terms of scale. Pictures of the big walls were definitely one of the reasons I first got hooked on climbing.

    The video below was probably the hardest pitch on Premuir wall which myself, Hazel and Dyer climbed last year. This is pitch 25, overlooking the base of the Nose more than 2000 ft beneath us. The gear for the corner has to be preplaced as its fiddly RPS which would be near impossible to place on the lead. The morning after climbing it Dyer got some footage of Hazel showing how the blank corner can be climbed. The corner is harder than Hazel makes it look being probably 8a+ on its own before finishing with an evil bouldery crack above. Your shoulders and calves are gauranteed a thorough drumming on this corner.

 It was a desperate pitch. Climbing the 2nd to last pitch (another desperately slippery 8a+, gear pitch) by headtorch with Hazel and Neil on night 6 stands out as one of the wildest moments in climbing the last few years and the ascent had an element of everything I got into climbing for.  



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Scotland & Extreme Rock
Post by: comPiler on August 30, 2013, 07:00:44 pm
Scotland & Extreme Rock (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/08/scotland-extreme-rock.html)
30 August 2013, 2:25 pm

          Had a great road trip up to Scotland climbing a variety of esoteric and classic climbs. I’ve often wondered how Scottish climbers dealt with both the poor weather and the midges but before setting off Northwards Julian Lines assured me there was always climbing to be done up in Scotland. He wasn’t wrong and we managed to climb every day for 8 days on some of the best single and multi pitch climbs I’ve done only getting partly shut down on an over optimistic walk into the Ben on the 2nd to last day. Having taken up 8 bottles of midge stuff I actually hardly used any and didn’t really notice the dreaded midges although Sophie wasn’t as lucky. Whilst up there the usual suspects were very active with Tony Stone having cleaned up some great routes, Blair Fyffe was keeping an eye on the avalanche conditions and Ian Small & Co were putting up some knarly knew routes. Murdo was obviously doing loads as well.

 

    Highlights of the trip were climbing Steeple, Juggernaut- thanks to Tony for the chalk(quite reachy/dynamic so chuffed to os it) and Dalriada on the last day, as well as staying at the great Hutchison Hut beneath Etchachan. The

lowpoint was walking out from the Hutchison hut and a farcical retreat off Wild Country as the last route of the trip. Although we got rained off Titans Wall/Agrippa area of the Ben the routes themselves look absolutely stunning and

I can’t wait for a return visit.

Sophie enjoying one of the great corners on Steeple      When in the Cairngorms if the weather is too poor for Shelterstone and Dubh Loch then the Pass of Ballater has excellent granite which stays dry even in the rain, like an inland Sennen Cove and Ballater itself has some excellent

cafes, particularly the Bothy. The lines at Shelterstone look to be some of the best slabs in Britain and deserve some attention. It unfortunately crapped out before I could try Run of the Arrow but I'm looking forward to going back and seeing how impressive Dinwoodies first foray on it was to the last gear as well as Whillances ascent.  

   

  Scotland holds more Extreme Rock routes I’ve not climbed yet than anywhere else and I was keen to reduce the list somewhat. I’ve now got about 55 left to do in Britain. Most are between E1 and E3 but with a few outstanding E5/6s and of course Revelations in the Peak. I’m hoping to get it done in the next 2/3 years as almost all the routes I’ve done from the list have been great and they are found in some of the best places (apart from Avon). Calums just lent me his copy to make a plan of which ones to go for next.

  The final day of the holiday we met up with Dan Varian, Kevin Avery and Mickey Stainthorpe. Driving from Roy Bridge we met them near Arrochar where it was raining and grim. Varians enthusiasm led us to walk up where the crag was wet and in the cloud. We minced at the base feeling cold before racking up to do Club Crack (which felt hard when damp). Getting back to base the cloud had cleared and the crag became dryish very quick. Me and Mickey set off up Dalriada which was exactly how it looks, absolutely stunning. It’s pretty easy to fluff the crux and when the top headwall is unchalked it’d be easy to cock up so I thought the E7 grade seemed fair enough as some of the pegs will disappear soon no doubt. Dan and Kevin both made light work of it making for a great afternoon.

Crux moves on Dalriada. Picture Kevin Avery      Whilst they were on Dalriada I borrowed their rack and set of up Wild Country a Dave ‘Cubby’ Cuthbertson route from 1979. I grabbed the good hold at the base of the crack and swung out onto it and was quite disappointed by the gear beyond. After plugging in 2 crap wires and half a cam I reversed to a lower ledge to rest and retrieve a different cam. I climbed back up to my high point and remembering it used to have a stuck rock 6 I lobbed one in high up the crack. I used one of my q-draws on it and feeling too knackered to do the crux beyond I stripped out the gear beneath thinking to down climb protected by my wire and come back when fresh. Unfortunately as I stripped out the lower gear my arms went to the end of their tank, I had time to throw back in an outward

pulling rock 2 and pulling outward on it whilst saying the classic words ‘take’ to Sophie on the ground I watched to see if the rock 6 was going to hold. A few frantic moments later I plugged in a good cam 1 above. As well as being really knackered and quite scared I had Jack Geldards smug voice saying ‘you can’t win them all’ reverberating through my head.

    Admittedly I was tired and the route not in great nick but the crack is tricky to get gear you’d want to lob onto and you are on a countdown. Good onsight/flashes from Macleod and McNair and a great effort for 1979 as I think

it could be knocking on for both E6 and 6b. It’ll have to wait for fresh arms and a return visit now. I was impressed with the quality and difficulty of many of the Cubby routes we did on the trip.

Some of the best routes were:



Steeple- a contender for the best E2 in Britain

Freakout- The main line of Aanoch Dubh

Spacewalk- Great crux right at the end

A Sweet Disregard for the Truth- On a great wall, good gear, steep and brilliant.

Juggernaut- Brilliant reachy/dynamic climbing. Crux for me was leaving the jug, I got a heel on the jug and flagged. Probably the best short E7 I’ve done, tough for 6b, good gear but need to climb quite fast. A Macleod classic.

The Handren Effect- Great wall climb with pretty good small wires/in-situ stuff and involving lovely pinches on the 2 upper hard bits.

Dalriada- Climbs as well as it looks, a must do.

Just a Little Tease- Extreme Rock cover & fun dyno at start.

Cosmopolitan- Great gear, easy to make it 6c if you weren’t careful!

Plague of Blazes- Great rock with good abseil point.

  I’ve got a week or so booked off for the start of October and it looks like it’ll be back to Scotland with Calum, I’ve told him he’s no chance on any of these routes that are harder than E4!!!



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: CRAG RESCUE WEEKEND
Post by: comPiler on September 01, 2013, 07:01:26 pm
CRAG RESCUE WEEKEND (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/09/crag-rescue-weekend.html)
1 September 2013, 2:58 pm

   I'LL BE RUNNING A CRAG RESCUE WEEKEND ON THE 9TH AND 10TH OF NOVEMBER. THE COURSE IS IDEALLY SUITED TO REGULAR TRAD CLIMBERS WHO'D LIKE TO GET THEMSELVES OFF MULTI-PITCH AND SEA CLIFF CLIMBS WITH OR WITHOUT THEIR PARTNERS.          

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: The Ambassador, E8 7a
Post by: comPiler on September 28, 2013, 01:03:13 am
The Ambassador, E8 7a (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/09/the-ambassador-e8-7a.html)
27 September 2013, 9:29 pm

    The climb goes up the arête before following the line towards the top just left of the abseil rope. Small dots of chalk give the line      Johnny Dawes had mentioned that the blunt Prow of the Milestone was a possibility over a decade ago but had played down that it was any good. My friend Calum Muskett had tried it early in 2012 and had gotten close but seemed to have lost interest in it in 2013 as he'd not been on it and it didn't appear he was going to get back on it in the near future.

   The week leading up to it I'd told most people I know my plan to go and try the arête so I shouldnt have been surprised Calum got wind of it the day before I'd planned to check it out. I abbed the arête on my grigri and was pretty impressed with the quality and difficulty of the moves as well as with Calums high point near the top which left me dumbfounded as to why he'd left it. Getting a feel for the moves I realised my old boots wouldn't work, Reeves arrived at the base and I abbed to him and picked up my new boots before jugging back up to get a better feel for the crux moves and to check the gear placements.

   Just before setting off for a lead go I received a txt off Calum saying it would be nice if I gave him a week to attempt it before trying it. Not feeling (nice) like I had as much time as a young man to keep returning I replied an ascent was unlikely as I'd bust my tip and felt the climbing was tricky. It was however too fun not to try.

   At 3/4 height the climbing goes from easy to suddenly steepening on the right side of the arête, a powerful move to a backhand and a reach to a sidecrimp on the arête using a poor foothold is followed by a wild step through to prevent a barndoor. You can place 2 good RPs here but they are difficult/desparate to place. It then follows a fantastic seam line with minimum footholds feeling like a gritstone problem. My first go I got through the crux backhand move but the demons of Muskett made placing the RPs desperate which combined with a rope fankle I only just managed to flummox to the last hard move before falling. I pulled the ropes and after an hours rest and some fingertaping I got it having left the gear in from my first go. Mark Reeves was as ever excellent company for such an endeavour. The climbing ways in at about F8a and Pete Robins thinks its one of the best around near that level and suggested the 7a tech grade, the E8 bit's open to question as the route is safe but it just feels that little bit too hard?.

   The name is in homage to Calum and may make some more sense in the not too distant future. Although the name had an element of teaching a youth humility and some small sense of Ian Hislop smugness there was also a glimmer of guilt. That disappeared when a friend said its not like you've stolen his girlfriend and perspective was regained. I think Calum is closing in on a very good new project which I wouldn't be surprised to have named after me! I've some vague ideas of what these names might be.

   The Wrinkled Retainer is definitely lacking attention at the moment considering its one of the best E5 6bs in the area giving a brilliant line and gear it comes highly recommended. One last point to make is this climb is way, way, way too hard for Jordan Buys.....



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Rapid Rock, September 2013...
Post by: comPiler on September 28, 2013, 01:00:49 pm
Rapid Rock, September 2013... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/09/rapid-rock-september2013.html)
28 September 2013, 10:11 am

Above Stromboli Buttress on the 1st week with Nicholas, Fruit, Kate, Dave, Tina and Paul. The September 2013 Rapid Rock at Plas Y Brenin has sadly come to an end. Its been a great month and we've been lucky with the weather when compared to last year.



   I've run 3 of these over the last 4 years as well as being involved in a few others. During the month we've generally climbed all over North Wales, had people leading multi-pitch routes from diff to E1 and have made them confident and self sufficient for future climbing plans.   A wet forecast meant a fun day out on the Carreg Hyll Drem Traverse. If anyone has not done it and the weather is turd on a weekend its worth heading to warm up on before going to the Indy or Beacon climbing walls.

  Tina unfortunately twisted an ankle badly just before the final week but this is Tina on the left with Kate and Jake a pitch behind. Luckily Tina could come for the final evening in the Heights pub in Llanberis. I expect to bump into most of them on a cliff sometime and expect some scintillating rope skills.

  Cheers for a great month folks and thanks to Jake, Andy, Reeves, Mike and Paul whose efforts all helped to make it.

 





Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Re: The Ambassador, E8 7a
Post by: Muenchener on September 29, 2013, 06:41:39 pm
The Ambassador, E8 7a (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/09/the-ambassador-e8-7a.html)
The Wrinkled Retainer is definitely lacking attention at the moment
Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Quite bloody right. Disgraceful product of tree murdering eco vandalism.
Title:  BLCCs 2013
Post by: comPiler on October 09, 2013, 01:00:50 pm
 BLCCs 2013 (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/10/blccs-2013.html)
9 October 2013, 11:47 am

  Having become a provider for the new Mountain Training coaching awards I decided to head to the

  BLCCs to see what was involved in current competitions. It was held at the new Awesome Walls in Sheffield which had been heralded as the National Performance Centre by the BMC, the pictures looked ridiculous and the venue didn’t disappoint.

   The first day was the juniors and the vets with a large crowd of parents and supporters. Quite a few people I’d climbed with over the years were there, Vicky Askew, Catrin Rose, Emily Allen, Stan Harris, Cameron McLoughlin, Connor Byrne. I was very impressed with everyones performance and as I’d booked myself on to compete

the following day I could’nt believe how relaxed everyone seemed as I was bricking it. The quantity of talented youths who obviously put a lot of hard work into their climbing really came through and the 3 different viewing levels

made for a good show.

   The following day arrived and thankfully quieter than the day before I was tied in to try the qualifier I wasn’t looking forward to by 10.30, having been set by the Frenchman Yann ‘genome’ it had a nasty looking slopey blob boulder pretty low down. Ed Hamer had just pissed up to the last move before me and thinking I could static the lower moves like Ed it became apparent I wouldn’t be. Slipping off the aforementioned blobs the next young man in line said “I thought you were going to walk up it”. The next qualifier was thankfully a Mark Pretty special involving small holds and not being too steep.

Ed Hamer nearing the highpoint on the mens final, a powerful effort.      Having felt a bit deflated after Yanns route, not thinking I’d make the final and feeling ravenous having been staying light for Bransbys 8c the Beast on the Diamond which had been wet the last 3 times I got stuck into a sausage sandwich and a big rocky road. Feeling ill afterwards I became more ill when they said I’d got through to the final. In isolation I did feel a little old but thankfully Dave Barrans was there as well (sorry Dave). Stepping out my friend Ben Bransby cheered and I cursed him under my breath on the way out to the final, Ben was the first ever British junior champion and I knew the strong devil would’ve found the first qualifier and this final ok. Another Yann route I was glad not to suffer the social embarrassment of falling off the first move using a sloper. Halfway up the wall at a ‘big brain’ hold I thought looked tricky to negotiate from the ground was where my summit bid ended so at least I’d read it correctly. Apparently Yann thought 7c to here which would make this my worst performance for many years but I gained more respect for people like Vickers and Legrand who topped these buggers out in the 1990s.

   

   The final was great to watch. Connor Byrne, only 17 yrs old got really high in the roof. Ed Hamer blasted across the roof to fall at the easing in angle on the last few metres. Dave Barrans was unlucky enough to slip off still full of beans at the start of the roof which was a shame as Barrans was looking brutally strong. James Garden got well across the roof before falling. The last out and the only person to top both the qualifiers was a young Canadian Elan Jonas-McRae. Appearing able to take his feet off the majority of moves this caught up with him in the middle of the roof leaving Ed Hamer the winner of the Senior mens.

    The Senior womens final was on the same heinous roof. Molly Thompson Smith put in a fantastic show topping it out and Tara Hayes wasn’t far behind. At 15 yrs of age it makes Molly the youngest senior womens lead climbing champion.  

Molly Thompson Smith high on the womens final with Connor Byrne starting up the mens.       Super strong siblings, Charlotte and James Garden on the finals.      I’d definitely recommend competing or watching if you’ve ever given it any thought as by doing so you are helping to support the British competition circuit and you can see some impressive displays and some scary falls! Worth

practicing on some slopey blobs before going on Yanns routes, I know I will.

   The following day found a surge of excitement on Burbage South with Ben Bransby. Abseiling down Parthion Shot I was glad to discover a fingerjug/good crimp left near the top of the broken flake as well as quite a few good small wires. I pulled into position and found a good way of doing the big move up to the ‘ledge’ above. We had a rope down it and discovered that the top move to the pocket is pretty nails if you are a shorty although you are stood on a ledge so there are no excuses really. This was one of the routes I really wanted to get done whilst in the peak area and I was a bit gutted about hearing of it being impossible but it’s only a bit harder than before the flake snapped at the moment at probably around 8b.If anyone goes to try it could they go gently with the fingerjug/crimp.

Ben Bransby demonstrating the stretchy first moves on Parthion Shot

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Doylo on October 10, 2013, 07:51:29 pm
Having to diet for 8c now Caff!! Must be getting old  ;)
Title: Ticks Groove
Post by: comPiler on October 16, 2013, 01:00:45 pm
Ticks Groove (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/10/ticks-groove.html)
16 October 2013, 8:34 am

On my first trips to Wales many of the times would involve a Paul Williams guidebook.

   Falcon…"you pull out right and the exposure hits you in the face like a frying pan"

 Great wall… "An ascent on a warm sunny summers evening will remain embedded in the memory long after the cold winter nights have drawn in"

 White Slab..."An incredible aura surrounds this fabled route; it exerts a magnetic pull that compels one to climb it....sooner rather than later...."

    To say he brought the climbs and their history to life would be an understatement and out of climbers past that I would have liked to have met he’d be top of the list.

    One of the lectures he used to give was called ‘The Slate of the Art’ showing what was going on in the quarries at the time and brilliant to see by all accounts. Paul had eyed up a big corner line going the full height of the Lost World hole found behind Twll Mawr (where the Quarryman is). Being one of the lesser visited areas of the quarries it’s managed to stay unclimbed for many years.

     Martin Crook and Ray Kay had attempted the line but did not return for an ascent. In about 2006 I rang Neil Dicksen quite excited about the prospect of trying it, spinning him a yarn about it being one of the last great lines left

in North Wales. He drove over from Conwy and we made the pilgrimage into the pit where it started to rain and we were forced to hide out in a tunnel. Being Neils 21st birthday he was unimpressed with the venture. We left empty handed. Reading through Simon Pantons recent and excellent slate guide this October I found a note on the Ticks groove project which reignited my enthusiasm for an attempt.

Alex leading the 1st pitch on Ticks Groove with Mark Reeves belaying. Picture, Simon Panton.      Myself, Mark Reeves and Alex Mason decided to try our luck. Mark was already a pioneer of many of the climbs in this part of the quarries. Alex had given up smoking the prior week so myself and Mark offered him some advice on how best to quit smoking as we didn’t want him becoming irate on the climb. He took the advice and sucked on a variety of items for much of the day. Climbing down the 3 sets of ladders to gain the level we were surprised to see Simon Panton getting pictures of Hosey on his knew route ‘The Beast Within’ with Ben high up on the left side of Lost World. Its rare to see anyone in Lost World or its adjoining pit Mordor.

    The Ticks Groove appeared bigger and better than I remembered. Alex set off up the first, mildly chossy looking pitch making rapid work of it. Reeves went up next with me staying out of the line of fire. The 1st pitch was quite deceptive being steeper and less ledge shuffly than I’d expected. Looking up the main corner there were some uninspiring looking blocks low down which I figured would be the termination of our attempt.  

Luckily after prevaricating about wether to pull on the main dubious looking block I just got ready to push it towards Mark Reeves if it came off and managed to get entrenched above the main danger blocks. This 1st third seemed like an easier version of many of the Pat Littlejohn sea cliff routes where you pull on things just because you know he did but you don't know if the holds will stay on or not.

About to commit to the moves to gain the tree. Picture, Simon Panton      Beyond the jammed in blocks the corner offered some excellent, technical and reasonably sustained climbing leading via some airy moves to a tree, afew metres beyond there is a brilliant ‘5c mantle’ leading to easier ground and a brilliant grass ledge which feels kind of on its own in the middle of nowhere. As Alex and Mark came up behind 4 Ravens flew past in convoy making their signature cawing sounds and the pit had a wild air about it. Ascending the main groove had been a close run thing on a few occasions but I was confident we could find a way out somewhere above if it didnt rain. Luckily the logical continuation corner wasnt as bad as it looked.

   The final pitch finished with a 10 meter technical corner with good holds at the top just as all the footholds runout making for an exciting scamper for the final moves of a great climb. The climb was found by one of the keenest

climbers ever and having done some great routes over the past year this adventure felt as good as any of them.

Ticks Groove, E6 6b:

Pitch 1: 20m, E3 5b Follow loose blocks carefully up leftwards to a ledge

near the base of the corner

Pitch 2: 35m,  6b Climb the corner via some dubious blocks with lots of care,

at ¾ height it becomes quite technical and sustained with excellent moves to

gain a tree, the bracken groove above the tree leads via a ‘5c mantel’ to easier

ground and a good grass ledge and belay.

Pitch 3: 10m, 6a Step back right into the main corner where sustained

technical climbing leads to some great finishing moves.

J.McHaffie, Mark Reeves, Alex Mason, 10/10/13

The Lost World, a blankish wall on the left may have some knew routes to go. Picture, Simon Panton

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Optical Express
Post by: comPiler on October 27, 2013, 06:00:27 pm
Optical Express (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/10/optical-express.html)
27 October 2013, 5:17 pm

   My most recent sponsor is quite an interesting one. I’ve had particularly bad eyesight for 2 decades and when I got handed my first pair of glasses my optician told me I’d be wearing them forever.

   For some of the aspects of my work I need to wear contacts. ML assessments involve night navigation

and if the weather is poor I can’t read a map and often feel like I’m going to trip over if I’m wearing glasses. On an effort on Rumblefish on Dinas Cromlech 1 contact fell out and my balance went to shit and an undignified retreat ensued. The last trip to Yosemite involved 3 or 4 eye infections with the last one leaving me near blind for 2 days and very light sensitive for weeks. Ben Bransby is the only person I know with a stronger prescription than me at -9 or so. I vaguely remember a story Pete Robins told me of Ben losing his glasses on a ledge in Pembroke on an attempt of a new route. To cut the story short Ben could no longer see and built a crap belay, Pete couldn’t get up the top pitch and wanted to hit Ben for losing his glasses, they had an epic retreat into the sea. This is a very vague outline of the story but you get the picture that being myopic can be a pain in the arse sometimes.  

Ben Bransby, one of Britains best and blindest climbers about to lob off the last move of the Nose on Eigg, Scotland.      Inspired by Calum Musketts positive attitude I sent off emails to 6 Laser Eye Companies not really expecting a reply. I received a reply from one saying that some British Cricketers had used their company and had paid, I emailed back thanking them for their reply but mentioning that Cricketers get paid to play.  

   The next email was from Mary Francis at Optical Express saying that I’d make an interesting case study. Since then I’ve been quite blown away by their level of support. I’m coaching out in Cyprus until the 4th of November (if I make it out of Britain through the storm tomorrow), I’ll watch and take part in the Welsh Climbing Championships at the Beacon and soon after that I’ll be zapped.

   With how Optical Express have been to deal with so far I’m feeling confident about going there and having it done. As part of the sponsorship contract involves naming a new route after the company I figure they are pretty confident as well. Ray Wood is getting some footage of before, during and after the eye surgery so I’m going to do my best not to cry before going in. I’m pretty happy to have Ray there to help get home post operation.

Ray Wood filming at Indy Wall . Ray has a good eye for the finer things in life...      As well as being liberating for my lifestyle their sponsorship also means I can afford to go out to Patagonia in December with Tim Neill. If we get the weather window we’ll try and free the Compressor route on Cerro Torre. Fingers crossed.  

Cerro Torre, Patagonia

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Mountain Trainings Coaching Award Scheme
Post by: comPiler on November 07, 2013, 06:00:32 pm
Mountain Trainings Coaching Award Scheme (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/11/mountain-trainings-coaching-award-scheme.html)
7 November 2013, 12:29 pm

   

    I applied rather last minute to become a provider for the Mountain Trainings climbing coaching award schemes. I’ve run a lot of Climbing Wall Award trainings the last few years and figured the coaching awards would fit in with these in a logical manner. Climbing walls are where most people have their first taste of climbing so improving the input at this grassroots level makes sense.

 I was sceptical before arriving at the provider workshop on the 26th/27th of September worried it was going to be too similar to the Fundamental courses with a few snippets of BCU waffle on top. The 19 providers chosen were an eclectic bunch specialising in performing, teaching and/or instructing and I wondered how it was going to be pulled together to deliver a consistent award scheme.  By lunch time of the first day Martin Chester had sold each of us that this award scheme was the greatest thing since sliced bread and having read numerous books related to teaching and motivation over the last 2 years I thought the courses made excellent sense and would fit next to the Fundamental courses nicely.


Martin Chester on top form at the MCC during the providership workshop    

    The BMC Fundamental courses are primarily about what to teach whereas the coaching schemes are more concerned with some good methods of how to teach, plan, analyse and give feedback. Part of the ethos of the award is to give good practice and teaching skills to a large body of people working with beginner and intermediate climbers on a regular basis. This will hopefully make many peoples’ first contact with climbing a more positive experience and give instructors/coaches more strings to their bows. The 2 awards levels to do this are the Foundation Coach and the Development Coach award, with a Performance coach award being piloted in the spring of 2014.  

 

  One example showing the importance of how we communicate is shown in Dwecks book, Mindset. How the difference of 6 words can have a profound effect on performance in anything.

 
Students praised for ‘talent’ rather than effort would go on to do much worse in tests.

Talent based phrases: “you’re a natural at that”  “you made that look easy”   “you’re very intelligent”

Effort based phrases: “you worked hard for that”    “you could do harder”

 The groups praised for effort would persevere on tests for longer, enjoyed them far more and did not suffer any loss of confidence. Groups praised for talent didn’t want to look ‘unintelligent’ so if there was a choice of an easy or a hard test they’d choose the easy one. 90% of students praised for effort took the harder test looking at it as a potentially fruitful challenge.

    If you are working with people in the context of teaching it’s hard to ignore this type of research. Have potentially great climbers lost motivation or ‘flatlined’ through being told how great they are? Are people sticking to the same party piece routes because they don’t like being seen to fail on something new?

 

   Another good example is the ‘Gorillas in Our Midst’ test from Simons and Chabris. Volunteers were asked to watch a basketball match between a team in red and the other in white. They are asked to count the number of passes the red or blue team make. Halfway through the game a guy in a gorilla suit runs across the screen. More than half the volunteers missed the guy in the gorilla suit.  The experiment was later done with Basketball players who all saw the guy in the Gorilla suit.

 

    Experts are deemed to have more conscious bandwidth. This can be linked into many facets of climbing from the briefings instructors give before a bouldering session to Z-clipping and even shoddy belaying.

  Many elements from the coaching award scheme have not been widely brought into the world of climbing although excellent books like Dave Macleods 9 out of 10 climbers does touch upon many of them. It will be interesting to see what the effect is over the coming years.





Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Laser Eyes!
Post by: comPiler on December 04, 2013, 12:00:42 pm
Laser Eyes! (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/12/laser-eyes.html)
4 December 2013, 9:17 am

     I was pretty nervous about the laser eye surgery booked in for the 20th November. I’d managed to drain my adrenal gland somewhat the previous day trying a tricky climb called Parthion Shot, which my friend Ben Bransby succeeded on via a valiant effort.

   Everyone I’ve spoken to who has had it done said it was the best thing they’d ever done, and just before going into the ‘laser room’ I read peoples’ accounts on the wall of how great the experience had been to give myself some last minute positive affirmations. Ray Wood had come along as a friend, filmer and driver, so I knew if I did a runner out the door I’d never live it down.

   I went in and after a surreal five or 10 minutes I was thanking Antonio, Margaret and team for their speed and efficiency, and I was on a high knowing the crux of it was done. Ray got some suitably cheesy footage of me walking out the shop with shades on and we went for a nice lunch a few doors down chatting about how it had went and felt.

  On the drive back from Liverpool to North Wales the anaesthetic wore off, which after a few minutes meant I had to strip my t-shirt off and use it as a handkerchief as my sinuses started to wake up. The two days post-surgery I was told could be discomforting, and I was impressed with how accurately the instructions ‘what to expect post laser eye surgery’ were in predicting how I’d feel. I never felt what I’d regard as pain, and the eye infections I had in the past from using contacts in dry dusty areas had been a hundred times worse.  The recovery mainly involved being sedentary for a few days, which was actually quite nice and was perfect timing to get through some Michael Thomas CDs on Spanish in preparation for the trip to Patagonia in December.

   As the days progressed post surgery I found out what 20/20 or better meant, although my eyes were still settling I was able to see details in the lichens and mosses in the garden I couldn’t define before. It felt a bit like being ten again, which would have been around the time I still had good sight before it took its rather large deterioration from early to late teens. At day six I found my glasses in the bottom of my OE bag thinking I’d left them there and a bit gutted not to have the memorabilia. Putting them on it’s how I’d envisage an ‘acid trip’, this was why people I passed them to over the years to try on would always say “OMG, your eyes.....”.

Emma Twyford beneath the new arete climb        One week later I went out climbing for the first time post treatment with Emma Twyford and Ray Wood. We put up a new climb on Holyhead in the late afternoon, having been there quite a bit over the years I’d noticed a few unclimbed lines. This route follows a short, steep arête, quite exciting for its size. Setting off up it involved a big move to good but odd guppies allowing some tricky gear to be placed before cheval style moves to finish, probably about E5 6aish. It is yet to be named but we’re going to do something slightly special for it in conjunction with Optical Express. At the top of the climb Ray asked me: “So what is it like compared with before?”

   Well, for a start it’s a hell of a lot clearer, which is hard to describe how much so to people who have always had great vision.  I don’t have to wear contacts, thereby reducing the risk of the eye infections which had become more frequent the last two years. It means that I don’t need to wear glasses when out on the hill, so I’ll be less likely to be unable to see where I’m putting my feet when it’s raining or unable to use a map on ML night navigation exercises.

   It has felt more liberating than I was expecting and I think my semi-blind friend Ben Bransby, the most squeamish person concerning eyes, is contemplating it seeing as how both myself and Adam Long have mentioned its merits.  I’ll be one of the people now singing the praises of laser eye surgery and hope to put it to good use on the rock in 2014.

 Massive thanks go to the Liverpool Optical Express crew for the new eyes, Ray Wood for loads of help and of course the team at Optical Express (http://www.opticalexpress.co.uk/) head office for supporting it and organising everything.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title:  Parthionless to Patagonia
Post by: comPiler on December 08, 2013, 06:00:36 pm
 Parthionless to Patagonia (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2013/12/parthionless-to-patagonia.html)
8 December 2013, 5:16 pm

     The year coming up I decided to resign my contract with Plas Y Brenin. I’ll be running some of my own courses, doing more MLs for Phill and Lisa George and will be climbing more. I’ll be joining the RAB team which is great as even with Calum on it they are a great bunch.

   Myself, Calum, Fran Brown, Shauna Coxsey, Fran Brown, Molly Thompson-Smith, Steve McClure and Hazel Fundlay have become Ambassadors for the BMC. The BMC have always done a lot of good work on behalf of climbers and walkers in Britain so I’m looking forward to helping them in any way possible.

   I was a little disappointed not to do Parthion Shot as an end of year tick, partly because I’m nervous of someone pulling what is left of the flake off while I’m away in Patagonia. I tried it 3 times on the lead on 2 different days. The first time was with Ben Bransby. I’d mentioned to someone the day prior to trying it that Ben could easily do it but might be a bit too cautious. After a quick re-check of the moves and the gear Ben goes first and I realised he meant business, getting to the high lead crux I think he’s in when suddenly he’ mentions’ he is coming off, I take in some slack wondering what to tell Kath if Ben spoons himself. He slams in a bit but lands well. The belay had been more stressful than I expected and the cautiousness I mentioned before was most assuredly with me. On my turn I prevaricated on wether to set off, feeling nervous and not in the mood. I give it a go and with numb fingers get to the top shelf beneath the lead crux, there is no way I was continuing, fingers numb and not into it. Next go Ben goes for broke and spending an age on the footshare at the top with numb fingers he tops out and I took him off belay with relief. My second go I did intend to give it everything as it would have been nice to do it together as we did on Careless. Shaking out at my previous highpoint my fingers in my left hand felt stiff and I knew they were useless, I drop off broken and awaiting laser eye surgery the following day. It was the most powerful effort I’ve seen from Ben for some years and at the end of the day it was hard to say if it was the belay or my 2 attempts I was most tired from, either way I was impressed and the footage of Ben on it is well worth a watch.

   A week later with a big team I gave it one more lead effort whilst back in the Peak. Body feeling tired from the day before but with considerably warmer conditions I get a few moves higher before dropping it and at least felt happy my head was in gear although I felt a bit of a pleb. There were 3 other people looking at Parthion and another 3 on Dynamics of Change with Pasquil nipping in for a quick OS of Balance it is, not that he was under any pressure. Compared with ten years previously I think the physical standards of everyone at the crag was at a great level and there just seems to be a lot of bloody good climbers around at the moment even without Pasquil to help boost the average. Half the people there had climbed 9a and the others could easily do so, half had climbed a few font 8bs and all had onsighted and/or flashed (thats a flash where you’ve never been near the climb on an abseil rope!) E7s and E8s.    

   Some days later I encountered the prophet of purism, John Redhead in the Heights at a great talk by Paul Pritchard. Chatting about some climbing experiences I could see where John was coming from with some of his views on modern climbing. I think this year more than ever ascents of ‘big number’ climbs E7-9 headpoints have probably been more regular than E6s getting onsighted. A meeting with Johnny Dawes some days later involved a similar conversation with him (not him) mentioning that they were 'only' climbing 8a and doing similar levels, I think Al Hughes video 1980s...the Birth of the Extreme was very well named. There are more E8s and 9s to go for nowadays and although physical standards have improved a lot we all still get as scared as they did in the 1980s. On sport climbs as you progress up the grades the risk of serious injury doesnt increase like it does with the UK grade system. I’m afraid I’ll be one of the first out with my top rope next year but will try and keep it for special occasions.

A chat about climbing ethics in the Heights with John Redhead. Calums pic      I’m off to Patagonia for 5 weeks from 9th of December with Tim Neill. It is somewhere I’ve thought about visiting since I got into climbing and Tim is a contender for the keenest climber around so I think it will be a great way to see in the New Year. We’re hoping to try the Compressor route, some big routes on Fitzroy and climb routes like Exocet. Worst case scenario is I stand on Tims shoulders to get a good axe placement in the Cerro Torres snow mushroom. Calum Muskett and Dave Macleod are coming out with the same objective soon after and I’ll be sorely disappointed if we get most of the way up, have to retreat for whatever reason and these punks have it all chalked up!       Tim explaining to Calum that he'll not even find Cerro Torre let alone climb it.

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Patagonia
Post by: comPiler on January 24, 2014, 12:00:33 pm
Patagonia (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2014/01/patagonia.html)
23 January 2014, 9:06 am

    Cerro Torre in the morning light        The final headwall pitch had been challenging, super exposed and at the end of a cold bivy and 2 days climbing in the cold. Seracs three times the size of Kilnsey hang off granite monoliths nearby. Myself and Tim look down at another team low down on the climb. The BD pro team had been forced to retreat off the first hard pitch, fiendishly strong as the leader was he was unable to pull his partner up, fond of waffles and dolce de leche his second had been risking breaking the belay anchors. We give them a wave and turn around to continue up the thankfully easy angled snow slope, still not too soft from the sun. As we top out....

   I wake up from the dream and look out of the plane again at the layer of clouds beneath, it had been getting thicker and thicker as we’d crossed the Atlantic and as we neared GB there were no gaps. This was appropriate as beneath those clouds lay bills, dampness and replays of some of the worst weather for decades. None of our objectives had been achieved, in fact we hadn’t even gained the base of any of them, but it had still ended up being a great trip. I looked back on a month in Patagonia with Tim Neill:



Day 1:
Fly into El Calafate, a small airport in a fantastic situation on the edge of a glacial lake. A 3 hr minibus journey across flat plains tracking the edge of a huge lake brings the pointy granite peaks into view and the sudden contrast of plains into peaks gave a good insight of why this place holds a place in the heart of many people. We get dropped off in the town of El Chalten and head to the Aylen Aike Hostel ran by the gregarious Seba. Growing rapidly El Chalten was the name given to the higher peaks such as Fitzroy by some of the first inhabitants of the area.

    After a 30 minutes walk down the high street I looked in a mirror and my forehead appeared to have been microwaved. I forgot that although the Montreal Protocol was one of the most successful bits of international environmental legislation the hole in the ozone layer is very close. Some Patagonian regulars informed me it’s the easiest place to get burned, they lived in California.

Day 2: The wind blows, the climbers eat empanadas, alfajores and watch the meteographs, in Aylen Aike Hostel Nirvana is playing.....

Day 3: The wind blows, the climbers eat empanadas, alfajores and watch the meteographs,  in Aylen Aike Hostel Nirvana is playing.....

   We have seen the first condors of the trip. In the middle of the day a huge horse gallops full speed down the El Chalten main street trailing 20 metres of rope, a few minutes later 2 dogs came running after it!

Day 4: The wind blows, the climbers eat empanadas, alfajores and watch the meteographs, in Aylen Aike Hostel Nirvana is playing.....

Day 5: The wind blows, the climbers eat empanadas, alfajores, boulder and watch the meteographs, in Aylen Aike Hostel Nirvana is playing.....but there is a blip on the graphs and the talk moves to a ‘window’.

Day 6: The wind blows, the climbers eat empanadas, alfajores and watch the meteographs...

a hive of activity begins,  objectives are talked of, files sharpen axes and everybody makes ready for an exodus to the hills.

Day 7: The wind blows, the climbers eat empanadas, alfajores and watch the meteographs...

People shop and pack. Josh Wharton and Brian leave us a gas canister. The world is a small place, Josh lives in Colorado but his grandad had helped set up the Ogwen Mountain rescue team back in North Wales.

Day 8: Getting my rucksack on in El Chalten I wonder if I can move the pig of a weight out of town, 8 hrs later having attached ourselves to Mikey Schaeffer and Co halfway along we enter our basecamp, Niponino. On the walk in Cerro Torre had popped out of the clouds, Hazel cleverly observes free climbing it at that moment would be tricky as it was plastered white. The landscape is incredible and it’s very hard to grasp the scale of all the granite faces, the seracs and overhanging snow mushrooms hanging off many of them.

Tim on Chiaro de Luna       Tim on top of Saint Exupery     Day 9: We wake at 1:00 with the intention of trying Exocet but the temps feel like a summer morning in Camp 4, Tim makes a great call of going back to bed and trying a rock objective. We get up at 5 and go for Chiaro de Luna on Saint Exupery. Although cold with often ice filled cracks it gave a great day out. Getting back to camp we encounter horror stories from people who had attempted Exocet, the best being Marc Leclercs and Jason Kruk who had to wait under a boulder for 8 hrs for the bombardments to stop so they could abseil off.

Day 10: Set off on Yellow Grey Arrow/new route and decide we’re 5 hrs too late. Abseil off and do Rubio Azul which gives a great view of the Cerro Torre summit headwall, from close up it appeared quite featured. The sun had melted the snow off the headwall and I grew more optimistic about getting on it. As we abseil off the weather craps out. We camp and get no sleep, listening to the wind ‘charging’ in the glacier before battering down the valley sweeping the rain into our tent. We walk out early back to the great food in El Chalten. Our stash was where we wanted it and all we had to do was wait....

Day 11: The wind blows, the climbers eat empanadas, alfajores and watch the meteographs, in Aylen Aike Hostel Nirvana is playing.....

Team Epic TV (being Jack Geldard, Rob Greenwood and Matt Pycroft) had an eventful window helping with the rescue of 2 climbers who had taken a bad fall off the Supercanaleta. It took all night and at the end of the rescue Jack gained some sage advice from a man also on the rescue:

“First time in Patagonia? Let this be a lesson to you on self reliance”

Jack took the advice literally and was hardly seen outside of the kitchen for the duration of the holiday, his baking was 2nd to none.

Days 12-20: The wind blows, the climbers eat empanadas, alfajores and watch the meteographs, in Aylen Aike Hostel Nirvana is playing.....

This is the easiest place to hitch I’ve been, people and families go out of their way to make space for hitchers, very welcoming. Jack, Rob and Matts time has come to an end. The film in production for Epic TV should be watched by anyone thinking of eating out in El Chalten as they visited every restaurant and cafe on their trip. Myself, Tim and Hazel may have put up a new 4 pitch route on a nearby cliff, unfortunately its not worth giving a name to.

Days  20-21:  Another window appears and myself and Tim enthusiastically walk through the rain to get to Niponino on New Years Eve to try a new route on El Mocho on New Years Day. A lone fox is one of the few other inhabitants of Niponino. It snows during the night and combined with spindrift and cold weather we end up walking back out disgruntled and wondering if we were being men of low moral fibre. Maybe it was bad karma for putting an equivalent of 3 tonnes of CO2 each into the atmosphere with our huge flight? Other teams head in as we leave, carrying axes, Mikey Schaefer and the Kauffman brothers succeed on an excellent new route the Super Domo on Domo Blanco.

The best pizzas in the world at the Chocolateria     Days 21-26: The wind blows, the climbers eat empanadas, alfajores and watch the meteographs, in Aylen Aike Hostel Nirvana is playing....

Dave Macleod, Calum, Ally Swinton and Ben Winston arrive. It’s good to have renewed energy bumped into our trip, we’ve climbed almost every day but the sports venues are by no means similar to Ceuse and we were feeling the lows of the meteographs, accentuated by Tim reading Birdsong and me reading a very good but slightly bleak post apocalyptic book.

   Dave looked exceedingly strong doing a font 8b in 2/3 sessions and I hoped Calum had not left his jumars back with his statics on the torres. The rarity value of getting up any of the bigger climbs in Patagonia certainly adds to the flavour much like the rarely in condition Welsh winter climbs.

 Days 27-30: Our final window. Short and cold we were aiming to repeat Super Domo.

The Fitzroy range on our walk in       Tim on the first of the 3 brilliant final ice pitches with Rolando Garibotti going up the top pitch in the distance       Tim had his 70th birthday as we climbed, looking up the final ice pitches        We set off at 2.30 and with 1 team ahead and 2 teams behind we walk in via a cloudless morning and great views of the Fitzroy range. The first part of the climb had some great easier ice pitches, the middle had a techy mixed pitch which Tim dealt with smoothly and the final 3 ice pitches looked superb. Owen the ozzie and Mike from Colorado were hot on our heels and Pete Graham and Ben Sylvester right behind them. As Tim climbed the 1st of the top ice pitches I watched Rolando Garibotti climbing the final, crux and intimidating top pitch managing not to send down any ice onto us by hooking it. As I seconded this last ice pitch I noticed a good 6 inches of slack between me and Tim and I shouted to let him know.

Tim traversing out on the final pitch with an annoying converter insignia in the middle       The CAC calender on top of Domo Blanco with Fitzroy behind        We were lucky to top out on Domo Blanco with a view across the Patagonian ice cap (something I felt we’d missed out on), to our original objective Cerro Torre and back towards Fitzroy. This ascent made the trip for the both of us. The line of Supercanaleta particularly stuck out, being a huge corner with an ice streak in the back splitting the huge peak. It’s the best mixed/alpine style line I’ve seen and having been wondering what brought people back for a 2nd holiday it suddenly became clear, it was certainly the best winter line I’d seen.

  Above: Some footage of the area whilst abseiling off Domo Blanco

   The walk out the following day we retrieved all of our kit and although we had heavy bags the walk back to El Chalten felt considerably easier than on the ‘empty bagged and handed’ New Years day walk out.

Days 31-2: Last 2 days involved being knackered from the walk out and pizza+alfajores from the chocolateria and feeling the weight of the good food whilst trying to boulder. Ed Brown and Paul Reeve arrive to bolster the Brit contingent. Colin Haley told the best 4 jokes I’ve ever heard and gained huge respect points but then lost them all by mentioning how he liked the band the Streets.  We met the person named the ‘Troutman’ who managed to maintain a conversation on fish migrations for 40 minutes+. It was time to leave.

The final morning our friends, Seth, Neale, Zach, Lowri and Ryan helped me and Tim to get our stuff to the minibus and we said our goodbyes to them and Seba, the owner of the finest hostel in the world. We were sad to leave but knew that....

  .. the wind would blow, the climbers would eat empanadas, alfajores and watch the meteographs, in Aylen Aike Hostel Nirvana would always be playing....

  Big thanks to Tim, Calum, the BMC....

& to Glyn & Scarpa, Dan Thompson & Rab, DMM, Sterling and the Chocolateria for goodies.

 

   

Zach, Neale and Seth the Alaskan checking the meteographs in Aylen Aike Hostel

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Wood FT on January 24, 2014, 01:38:42 pm
great post.
Title: The Llanberis Slate
Post by: comPiler on March 09, 2014, 06:00:29 pm
The Llanberis Slate (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/1/post/2014/03/the-llanberis-slate.html)
9 March 2014, 5:30 pm

   The Dinorwic slate quarries are an impressive and atmospheric place to climb having some of the finest pitches around and also offering some of the best views of Llanberis, the Pass and Crib Goch. In its hayday it employed about 3000 people directly and shut down in 1969 when the first recorded rock climbs were put up such as Opening Bid (71) and Gideon although the quarryman undoubtedly did some of the faces before climbers arrived.  Drying in minutes it is possible to hide in one of the blast shelters waiting for the showers to stop before setting off and can be climbed on throughout the year. Meaning 'to split' slate has some of the sharpest edges found on any rock with rockovers and mantelshelves involving getting your feet by your head being common, as are doing these moves a long way above any protection. Some of the huge pits are named after where the slate was shipped out to, Australia and California, Vivian after an quarry manager and Twll Mawr immortalised in the Stone Monkey video means big hole in Welsh.

   These finest pitches include routes such as: Seams the Same, Comes the Dervish, Ride the Wild Surf, Pull my Daisy, Central Sadness, Slipstream, The Rainbow of Recalcitrance, Naked before the Beast. Equally as good are the Lakeland equivalents found in Hodge Close Quarry: Malice in Wonderland, Ten Years After, Wicked Willie, Limited Edition, First Night Nerves, Stage Fright are all some of the best slab pitches to be found south of Scotland. I know them to be some of the finest pitches as on a great trip to Wales in 1999 with Colin Downer and Wez Hunter we did a spectrum of classics includingThe Cad, the Moon, Sexual Salami, Cardiac Arete, Lord of the Flies, Edge of Time, Weasels. One that stood out for quality on this week was Central Sadness in California, found through 2 tunnels it takes the centre of an impressive face and had 2 paintings on the scree opposite which were highlighted against the greyness. A serious first pitch leads to a stunning well protected crack on the 2nd.

      In 2007 I was swinging around on an Dawes project called the Meltdown, getting nowhere I was a little embarrassed when Joe Brown appeared on the sidelines. He told me he never did a move he didn't think he could downclimb. I found this pretty amazing as having done many of his climbs I knew they were hard enough to get up the moves let alone downclimb. I'd got into climbing with a story my dad used to tell in his talks he gave at the Moot Hall in Keswick every week with myself pressing the projector button for him. I presume it was the 1970s:

  Dad was at Shepherds crag and a guy comes up to him and says:

Guy: "Do you fancy doing something hard?"

Dad: who is this guy? "why not"

Dad was belayed a pitch up and the guy was leading the 2nd pitch and says:

Guy:"Is it alright if I fall off"

Dad"Pardon"

Guy:urgently "Is it alright if I fall off"

Guy falls 30 feet gets back up to dad and says

Guy: "I dont mind falling off"

Guy gets back on and does the climb.

  A week later a man with long hair went up to dad in a pub and says:

Long hair: "Eye eye, I hear you been climbing with Douggie"

Dad: "He fell 30 feet"

Long Hair " Douggie Hall, he's one of the best climbers in Britain, he falls off every week".

I think its fair to say he didnt fall off very often in the following years but the idea of falling off being often ok with modern protection helped drive things in the following decade, the slate climbing Golden Years.

 

   In the 1980s climbing in the Slate quarries really took off, with a strong ethic on making extremely serious climbs it appeared to be a competition on who could climb the hardest whilst placing the least protection. The runouts and falls which have occurred on slate are legendary. The majority of routes on the Rainbow Slab will have seen at least falls of 40-60 feet, arse grinders. Dawes came off Paul Pritchards route 'A Cure for a Sick Mind' trying to jump clip a bolt from standing on the Rainbow and missed hitting the ground on rope stretch. Pete Whillance took a 100 ft fall off Life in the Fast Lane. Redhead fell off Dawes of Perception and his partner Towse had to jump into the Vivian Pool to save Johns life although he did break his thumb. Lucky falls aside it's a place for a balanced approach as at least 1 person has died on a route on the Rainbow slab.

   I've enjoyed hanging out in the quarries probably more than on any other rock over the years and even enjoyed getting a schooling off Will Perrin, Hock or Pete and having to call in all friends at various periods for belay stints on Bungles or Meltdown. Climbing on it is primarily about confidence, flexiblity and crimping.

   

The fantastic Rainbow Slab     A great new guidebook, not sure about the cover      The hardest and most serious trad routes climbed on slate are still appropriatley remnants from the 1980s. Raped by Affection, A Cure for a Sick Mind and probably the hardest and still unrepeated Couer de Lion involving runout F8a climbing (body sideways style stuff) and a knarly E7 just to get to the first protection. If anybody is so inclined more serious routes could be 'made' but the 90s and 00s resonated a less minimalistic bolting stance and I'll hold my hand up to lacing mine.

  In 1990 the quarries got given there 2 hardest sport pitches, Bungles Arete courtesy of Sean Myles and The Very Big and the Very Small from Dawes which gave Britain its technically hardest slab pitch. The holds are small enough that most people can have a maximum of 3 goes before exploding at least 1 fingertip. It's a climb which many very good climbers have done with 1 rest but dispensing with the rest is tricky. Steve Mcclure repeated it in 1998 and after a particularly turd morning I managed it in 2005 with Pete Robins doing a tall mans version in 2010.

   The hardest sport routes in the quarries are remarkably varied: Bobbys Groove, Cwms the Dogfish, Medium, Concorde Dawn, New Slatesman, Manic Strain, Serpent Vein, Meltdown, Misogynists Discharge, Sauron, Untouchables, Darkhalf, Wall Within, Wish You Were here, Tambourine Man, The Very Big and the Very Small.

Walls, grooves, aretes, corners, slabs, overhangs. A climb to suit most peoples tastes with each offering high quality interesting climbing in very atmospheric areas and with plenty of projects left to go.

   With the new slate guide and Dawes autobiography pointing towards the Meltdown I was glad to get it done before someone else with a similar boredom threshold to myself. I was actually thinking of putting a halfway lower off which is a 3 star 7c and if anyone can be arsed go for it. To get to 3/4 hieght is superb 8b+ a bit harder than VBVS which leads to a sting move mantel into a hard traverse. It's tricky to grade and my friend Pete Robins who has recently replaced the bolts suggested it could be 9a many years ago but since its ascent he's more reticent. It would be good for it to get some attention as it has some fabulous climbing on it and is the most chuffed I've been at getting up a climb.

   The quarries currently have routes which cater across the spectrum from the timid climber to the adventurer. They are always a place to be on guard in as although the Welsh slate was regarded as high quality it's not like climbing on granite and the bolts which protect some of the climbs may have been placed by people who didn't know anything about it! If you get bored of the limestone, dont feel too fit or are watching the showers pass through the slate should be a port of call.

Adam Hocking trying for the 3rd ascent of The Very Big and the Very Small       Pete Robins, a New Slatesman!

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog.html)

Title: Yosemite trip report 2014
Post by: comPiler on June 06, 2014, 01:00:32 am
Yosemite trip report 2014 (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/yosemite-trip-report-2014)
5 June 2014, 7:18 pm

Salathe Wall & El Niño

  ‘The Salathe Wall is El Caps most natural line and possibly as Royal Robbins dubbed it “The greatest rock climb in the world”.

   The trip to the valley had come around quickly. I’d contemplated not going as I felt I should be working rather than gallivanting across the Atlantic but Dan McManus’ enthusiasm had won. The last time we were together in Yosemite we were lost in the dark on the top of Golden Gate, bone weary and on a timer to get to the top before the rain came in. Having just got down off Muir wall 2 days previously a 1 day effort to do Golden Gate was unwise but having seen an inspiring talk by Glen Denny about climbing in the 60s before heading out I was after an adventure and so was Dan

   We went with large but flexible ambitions; to try and free an aid climb on the left side of el cap, complete Golden Gate in a day, possibly do another big free climb and if there was time at the end a solo of Astroman. Lucky the word flexible is in there as we didn’t do any of them!

The view from 1st entering the valley and Dan in his wife-beater vest      We arrived in the valley on the 4th of May and between the Ferraris I spotted a homeless person being arrested. Having escaped San Francisco I presume she didn’t have a permit for dossing. I’m keen on conservation myself but believe that if John Muir was around nowadays he’d be booted out of the valley at gunpoint by a lobotomised ranger.

   The new free route was meant to be up Never Never Land and I’m convinced you can pick a good free line in from Dihedral Wall or the left but the main slab will await a visit from Ondra. It wasn’t for us.

   The Salathe headwall crack is something which has inspired me for years in both pictures and stories so with Dan psyched we diverted attention to this.

  Haulbags were packed and having hauled them beyond Heart ledges we wanted to get them to Hollow Flake before coming down and climbing to rejoin them. Just before Hollow Flake it hailed lightly and I idly wondered if I could do the HF when wet and confidently told myself ‘no problem’. About 10 metres from the top of HF the hail came down properly. I watched it pile up on my shoulders and tried not to move my left foot to keep a foothold dry. Dan having been in South East Asia believed he was in the Arctic and had disappeared to dig out a jacket from the bags. An undignified slither down eventually followed and we left the bags there.

Hazel handstanding the El Cap Spire      We set off at 5.00am, 3 hours later than we wanted due to some overnight rain. Dan had put himself forward for the monster OW, a British E6 and one of the final pitches of the day. He led it brilliantly and we arrived at the alcove quite battered from hauling and climbing. We ate little.

   Day 2 was a success in every way. We did a long pitch off the spire to arrive at the Boulder problem pitch. At the top of an awkward corner I got spat off and in flight a voice came up:

“Caff, your going the wrong way”

  James Lucas, Hazel’s American partner had arrived on the fixed lines. I’d been interrogating people on these about the demise of ethics in Yosemite but was glad James had come up to offer good advice. Anyone willing to put fixed lines down the whole of El Caps most popular free route was obviously unhinged and it was a problem for psychiatrists rather than ourselves.

  We both flashed the techy boulder problem and headed down to rest for the day on the spire whence Hazel and Walker had arrived. Hazel managed a handstand on the Spire and numerous card games were had. She mentioned that she had a sore shoulder.

Long Ledge, our home   The 3rd day I knew would be hard and it was, involving numerous hanging stances, hard pitches and hauling our heavy pigs. I seconded Dan over the ridiculously exposed roof to arrive at the headwall about 16.00 ish. I felt battered but still thought I had a chance of flashing high up on the pitch having not fallen on the route up to here. However, 3 to 4 meters up I hit the inside of the egg shell boulder moves and instantly slumped off, a mixture of freeing, dogging and backstripping eventually led to the ‘in space’ belay where Dan led through to arrive at long ledge in the dusk. Once again battered, we ate little.

  The next day was more like it. We woke to great views level with snow on the plains above the valley on the opposite side and went about making long ledge home. We went down for a look at the headwall pitch which thankfully wasn’t as bad as it felt the night before but was still an endurance heart-breaker of a pitch, especially when cooked from climbing for a few days. The final 2/3 metres of the 50m crack pitch which lead to a weird leg in hole hands off and the belay supply the crux, giving 2 to 3 6c moves on thin slippery 2 finger locks. There is a good shakeout at 10meters and a poor one at 38m.  To do the Groove or GBH at Malham should they have good pro would be a considerably easier affair and the grade the headwall gets should be taken as meaningless to any European. Its exposed enough that a toilet stop is an essentail prerequisate before going near it and a defib may be of assistance.

Dan on the headwall crack        First attempt on the headwall pitch     Having an afternoon tea we look up to see a blonde lady abseiling down to our ledge...it was Hazel. Although Dan was a very modest man even he could see that this wasn’t the first time Hazel had feigned an interest in climbing to come and hangout in our company. We told her she wasn’t the first young lady to come down and she’d better have some gifts, luckily she brought both wine and cupcakes. She mentioned that she had a sore shoulder.

   Day 5 is time to try the pitch in earnest. At 43 metres I gained the better jams where a rested climber can get some small recovery before the final crux. I was not a rested climber and got spat off. I was a little bit embarrassed about running out of juice so quickly, with Hazel watching from above. I thought I’d last a little longer 2nd time round with the increased experience but no, I ran out of beans even sooner! A rest day was in order.

Day 6 Dan did an ace lead on the boulder top bit of the crack, doing it first go, 12c/d leads to a weird small cave and a boulder problem just above. Lots of cards and tea were had. At night when inevitably all fears and doubts come to call I worried about the final 10 metres of the crack knowing 1 rest day was not going to get my body up to full speed with various days and years of abuse flashing to mind.

Day 7 arrived and after a quick warm up we ab in to the stance at the base. The jump left out of the eggshell to gain a good crack goes well. The shakeout at 38 meters gets used for 5 mins trying to get rid of the sickly feeling of pressing on up the very aerobic crack above. Getting past my highpoint I’m relieved to get some recovery on the better jams. The final move involved a very non text book move using a right outside edge (retains much more lateral stability and edge) on a nubbin and pirouetting round to grab the jug. I was a little nervous about falling outward facing the exposure if I fluffed this move. It felt surprising to gain the rest. It would have been nice to link the next bit as well but would certainly have required another rest day (A honn said it wasn’t much harder). Dan came up and after I’d sorted out the next bit of the crack we had a brew and made ready for departure from long ledge. A fantastic 12a led leftwards off the ledge, like a very exposed Pembroke E5 and some easier pitches led to the top where we saw a hummingbird. After a crippling walk down we gained the pizza and beers in curry village.

   

   The celebrations peaked one Saturday night in camp 4 where various opinions were set forward around a camp fire, I can’t remember where they came from but there were a few interesting ones:

>It was said that many conservatives and republicans should do community service for their injust and greedy policies.

>The Norwegians around the fire were shown to be from the most equitable society.

>People who quote Larkin were known to require sectioning, this came from numerous sources.

>The radio was being murdered from insincere love songs by naff boy bands

>Tax people had the least honourable profession, like the opposite of Robin Hood.

>Many great climbers can get booted from boot companies nowadays even though they’ll have made boot companies 1000s in marketing value shown widely on the hardest climbs round. They haven’t clocked up enough air time via social media sites shouting about how great they are! Its about the selfie not the send Ry.

>Investment should be made into exploring the final frontiers now so we can ship Farrage and his voters to another planet.

>It was recognised that miracles do occur, shown by not only Pete Robins but also Jordan Base gaining a driving license

   When the celebrations finished and we could see again we looked up to the Cap wondering what to try next. Dan was keen for a look at El Nino having had enough of cracks. I was interested to find out just how impressive Leo and Patches ascent was back in 1998.

The legends Tobias Wolf & Thomas Hering, bearers of extraordinary beta and beer   The most driven climber I’ve met Tobias Wolf and his ace friend Thomas Hering had just done it and supplied us with some very detailed information. They knew how much energy was required to carry an extra kg on the face and made our organisation seem farcical by comparison and we were certainly haemorrhaging a lot more cash.

   The first pitch, The Black Dyke had a reputation as being the hardest pitch and the next 2 were also meant to be runout 7c+/8a. The reputation is well deserved. The Black Dyke is E66b/c to the 2nd bolt where committing moves lead to the crux of the pitch where the unlucky can sample a minimum fallout of 10m, Dan thought this pitch harder than Slab and Crack at Curbar. The 2nd pitch has a 10m runout after the crux and would be E6. The 3rd pitch, the Galapagus has a massive 5c/6a rockover where you’d fall forever before sustained 6b/c with a few sections that look impossible until the very last minute/second!  A bust finger combined with sun/tiredness blew our first go up but the 2nd found McManus on blistering form, sending the Black Dyke, Missing Link and flashing the Galapagus on 2nd.

Dan about to go up the Missing Link pitch with the amazing line of the Black Dyke veering down to the left   Jill Byron had left some water nearby for NAW but had had to leave the valley. Jane Gallwey let me and Dan have the water and some other supplies which were priceless.

  After a bit of plotting we set off and climbed and hauled up to the naff bivvy, the Big Sur, we went ledgeless to save on weight. That afternoon we set off on the hard 2 pitches beyond. The Final move of the M&M flake involved a leap for a jug. Apparently unexpected wins can accrue 4 times more excitement than those you expect, hence gambling addiction. This was how the move felt.

   Dan made an impressive flash of the Royal Arch, a bouldery pitch which I managed after some time with a tip ready to explode. A grim bivvy on a sloping shelf led to day 2 after little sleep.

   The Enduro corner felt about E6 and the next 12cs only E5s which led us to the Rotten Island and the great roof above. Dan sorted out the mass of shit gear in the roof and checked the moves and I blew the flash at the lip with a mix of fear, tiredness and shit sequences coming into play. Dan sent it first lead and I was happy to 2nd it clean. We were chuffed to get this forbidding pitch out of the way.

The winning bingo feeling having latched the M&M flake       Dan about to do ridiculous feet first moves on the black roof, top tip is don't do it his way     An E4 and stunning E6 led to our final bivvy.

    Becoming irritable is a hazard of big walling. The rope fankles, the stuck haulpigs, the sun and the climb itself can make it feel that all is conspiring against you. Dan had certainly had the best bivvy spot on the Big Sur but hadn’t stopped moaning about it all day and I was worried about where Dan’s breaking point might be. I was feeling pretty confident that if it came to fisty-cuffs to get the best bit of the ledge I’d be ok, I’d watched Kill Bill and Crouching Tiger on the flight over besides which although Dans tall he has a vegan look about him. Luckily the cards settled things.

   The day after things started well. Dan did really good leads on a techy 7b+ and the intimidating Dolphin (E5/6) roof/chimney. The Lucy is a Labrador was our last hard pitch and all that was stopping us from a clean ascent. The problem with hard pitches high up is that every morning big wall free climbing you wake up feeling bolloxed and with skin which feels that it's suffering from a nuclear disaster. The bugger bugger of a pitch was wet. After more than an hour of stressful drying, working and cursing I managed to spoon my way through it and Dan had a similar affair, narrowly missing out on a flash. It would have been pretty devastating to fail at the last hurdle and it made for a stressful 2 hours.

Dan wrapping himself and the ropes in knots on the Dolphin pitch, high on El Nino      The final few pitches were stunning, easy but runout on good rock. The igloo bivvy appeared to be the best on El Cap although it can’t be as good as it looks in heavy storms as it’s where Drummond got swamped when Harding came to his rescue.

  We got to the summit and shook hands. It was a fantastic climb. I wondered about the teenaged excitement of Leo and Patch back in 1998 over having the route with very few falls. It stands out to me as possibly the best effort on rock by Brits abroad for a number of reasons with the tough onsighted pitch of the Prophet up there. They would have been on blistering form and have had a fair wind behind them to do it so well. It also has a very intimidating atmosphere from the Big Sur onwards with reasonably technical hauling involved.

Seflies on the top, a modern essential      Tobias and Thomas had been waiting for us with beers at the base the night we bivvied and we hung out with them when we got down and had a pancake morning. Their help, knowledge and encouragement was instrumental to our ascent and I was able forgive them for being kayakers and just hope Tobias brings out a book on big walling.

Our timing back in the valley couldn’t have been better with a spring party going off in Foresta. We managed to secure an invite.

  The next morning I woke up feeling a million pounds. I’d not soloed Astroman which I’d been thinking about for months but we’d done a hell of a lot of great pitches. With the normal scepticism gone I bounced out of the tent to admire the Vista and looked back curiously at what I’d trodden in. It took me a moment to recognise it and although a bit grim I couldn’t resist an evil smug smile....Dan wasn’t going to enjoy the drive back to San Francisco. A great trip.

     

  There are thanks for many people on this trip:

Dan: obviously for being such a good egg and giving great chess games.

Tobias and Thomas for being ace

Jane  Gallwey and Jill for supplies & Steve for the whisky

Mike Kershner for dosses in the Pines

James Lucas for beta and having a sense of humour

Dave Gladwin and Kiwi Mick for dosses in camp4

Sterling rope for shipping us out a rope for hauling

Andy Kirkpatrick for a morning of comedy

Hazel for the wine, cupcake, tips on cultural language differences and lack of literacy.

Dan, Bron, Jane and Jacob at the brilliant spring festival party

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: A Journey through Lakeland
Post by: comPiler on July 04, 2014, 07:00:32 am
A Journey through Lakeland (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/a-journey-through-lakeland)
27 June 2014, 9:30 am

            In 2003 I was living in Wales but all I could think about was this project in the Lakes. The idea was to climb as many great Lakeland routes as possible in a day.  I’d thought about it since 1999, inspired by Big Ron’s circuit in the Peak but it took a few years to take root and develop, with lists I’d make getting tricky beyond 80 routes. There was also a distinct lack of strategy in the planning, with me thinking to set off and finish on Esk Buttress taking in whichever routes I’d please along the way, the route I was going to finish on if I had the steam won’t be mention. I’ve always had a rough guesstimate of how difficult I’d find the task depending on the routes taken in. I thought I could do about half any day of the week, to do ¾ I’d have to be going well and to do the lot I’d need a fair wind behind me. This was surprisingly accurate.

   A week or so before I was going to make my first attempt on an overly ambitious list of routes I set off on a route called Exponential Exhaustion at Kilnsey. I got passed a technical wall to better flat holds but these were dusty and a minute of flapping found me in mid air. The thread which appeared good exploded when I came onto it and the rock hit me in my ear with some speed. I arrived near the base and Rob Fielding lowered me the rest of the way. He turned away in disgust which made me worry at first that my ear was hanging off but it was only a small hole in my ear. A trip to A&E left me with stitches, a compression strap on my head to prevent Cauliflower ear and slightly dodgy balance for a week or so. It’s still the worst fall I’ve taken and could have been much worse as just before I was going to go for the thread I uncovered a key wire hidden by some vegetation which is what stopped me. I was a little superstitious at the time and took it as a sign not to attempt the solos. This was a good thing as I doubt I would have got close back then, confidence can only get you so far. It never came together again but was always in the back of my mind as; a would have, could have, should have......

Top of llech Ddu looking towards the Menai Straits, Herford climbed in the region roughly 100 yrs ago.      A decade later the scheme came to mind again, more as a curiosity at first, looking at lists, thinking about possible routes and cliffs you could visit. The last few years I’ve done about 0.1% of the soloing I used to do and in the spring 2014 I began to get reacquainted, re-climbing routes like Fingerlicker, Silly Arete, doing 10+ routes at Gogarth in an afternoon and running into the Carneddau for routes like the Grooves on Llech Ddu. It did feel harder. Routes that had felt akin to paths a decade ago felt like they were a much bigger deal.

  When I set my full first list out in March or so I felt a pang of despair. It was considerably watered down than a decade before but still looked ridiculous on paper. I started to work out realistic timings and these made it worse, maybe people were correct about it being a mad idea. It took me back to the book ‘The Life of Pi’ when Pi s dad tells him the story of a karate expert thinking he can fight a Tiger to put him off going near the dangerous animals in the zoo. I was concerned I was being as deluded as the karate expert who obviously gets killed rapidly in the story.

First watered down list, 90 % of it stayed the same but needed to rearrange a few   Pat & Craig     I’d not booked any work in for the last 2 weeks of June, hoping to get some good weather during the longest days of the year and looking forward to hanging out in the Lakes, visiting family nearby. It turned out to be one of the luckiest of weeks, the ‘stars truly aligned’ for it. I worked on an ML assessment on the weekend of the 14th of June and on the afternoon of the 2nd day where my lower body normally feels like it has been done over in an American prison instead they felt fresh, the hauling and climbing in Yosemite had delivered a good fitness base.

  On the Tuesday of that week I arrived in the Lakes feeling a little rough but with fantastic weather and an ace forecast. I headed straight to Goats crag, a tiny crag beyond Reecastle which I’d not been to before. The views back towards Scafell and Greatend were incredible and I did everything on the cliff before heading to the big Goat crag to go up Preying Mantis and stash an ab rope on top. Heading down I did a couple of E2s I’d not done and arriving at a tiny esoteric cliff in the woods named Macs wall was blown away to meet other climbers. Pat and Craig from Carlisle who had known dad. We headed over to check out Millican Daltons buttress which was unfortunately filthy although I did Cold Lazarus for old times sake, this small buttress was removed from my list.

  The Wednesday was the key reccy day I’d decided upon, the make or break day, leaving Stonethwaite campsite I was going to run up Langstrath to Flat Crags and work my way back to my car. If I choked or was crawling off the hill the idea was a dud and I felt a little bit anxious about finding out just how pie in the sky the idea was.

   I did a load of routes I’d not done before loving Neckband, after 2 cans of coke in the ODG I payed for it with a headache as I topped out on Gimme. On the run between Pavey and Sergeant Crag Slabs I saw 2 red deer enjoying the solitude of the fell top apart from myself. I got down to my car feeling like I’d had one of my best days out climbing. I knew I could do a lot more, having done a lot more running to access Flat crags than I’d be doing when starting from Scafell. The game was on.



A view from above Heron down Borrowdale on the main reccy       I worked at Eden rock the day after and gave a talk there in the evening. Julian a friend I’d not seen in over a decade came and mentioned it was his 50th on the weekend and he was keen to climb on Bleak How and heron. I couldn’t believe my luck and gave him my rope to use and dump there saving me a walk. Julian is married to my favourite ever teacher Liz who apart from teaching me lots interesting geography gave me some of the best advice as a teen, don’t get in a car with a drunk friend driving.

  Friday morning arrived and I did 6 routes on Grange crags finding more of them in a climbable state than I expected although with agricultural finishes. Later that morning I head up to Reecastle with Ben Pritchard and Rich Heap to get some footage for the BMC. Rich asks if I’ll get lonely. I thought it very strange as I’m happy walking alone in the lakes and am doubly happy climbing alone there. Many of the climbs are like meeting old friends or flicking through an old diary.

  The weekend was spent relaxing. Sophie comes up from Wales and we visit my sister, Heather, brother in law, Richard and Godson Thomas. They rent a beautiful National Trust house on the quiet side of Windermere, near where the Swallows and Amazons was thought up. The Saturday night we spend in the CC hut in Grange, appropriately there was a poster of Dan Osman doing a half lever whilst soloing a big flake saying don’t let your fear stand in the way of your dreams. Sunday I drop my car off at Stonethwaite campsite and Sophie drops me at Sheps cafe. Hock picks me up and we went round to Wasdale and had a meal in the Head with Craig Naylor, farmer, climber and grandson of the legendary fellrunner Joss Naylor. We all chose the Cumberland sausage with mash.

  We hike into Hollow Stones and set up camp. It’s quiet but Mary Jenner, Mark Greenbank and Keith Phizaklea are on the way down and come for a chat. Dave Birkett is checking out possible new climbs on a hill around the corner. Later Rob and Craig Matheson come along as well. By 20.00 it was only me and Hock, my enigmatic friend I’d known since primary school, who indirectly helped start me soloing. Hock said he’d meet me at Falcon Crag sometime in early 1996, he didn’t. I set off up Spin Up and Funeral Way. From then on it opened up a different world of climbing. Dick Patey was in his mid 50s and lived near the Borrowdale hotel in the 90s. He was fit as sin and I watched him solo MGC regularly and routes like the Bludgeon. We were convinced he was ex-special forces. I used to chat to him about good routes to go for.

 I’d brought the tent up for both of us but Hock decided not to, being fond of the stars and sheep he went and slept under them!

Hocking enjoying the evening at Scafell       At 2.55 my alarm went off. I’d slept well and felt rested but looking up towards Scafell it was pitch black. I carried a small rucksack with a thermal, trainers, an empty bottle for stream water, some food, a map and a compass.  Not hungry I forced down some food a small tea and set off.

  CB was the biggest route on the list and in its own way the most intimidating. The 1st ascent of this in 1914 was visionary with the kit they had. Leaving Sansoms shoulders to grovel up the crack before bringing Holland up was some feat which dad would speak of in his lectures in the Moot Hall in Keswick. Mabel Barkers and Menloves efforts were incredible also.    

  It was the centenary of the 1st ascent this year and I’d read a great deal about the 1st World War and what was ‘involved’. Herford died in it in 1916 at the age of 25. His essay ‘The Doctrine of Descent’ is a brilliant piece of writing concerning mountain climbing.

Starting on CB felt like paying respects and the story and tragedy related to the climb was like fuel.

Central Buttress, Scafell       I topped out at first light and felt relief, scree running back down to meet Hock before contouring round to briefly join the Corridor Route a path my dad had helped build. After a few routes on Piers Ghyll crag and one on Undercarriage wall feeling much like grit, I continue running and receive a stunning view of Styhead Tarn, Derwentwater and Borrowdale in the Dawn light. It was a crystal clear day, 4.30 in the morning with empty hills.

  I track round to Esk Hause and Ore Gap looking back towards Scafell, the East Buttress is in full glory and the Main Face shown as a silhouette. Dropping off Bowfell I arrive at Flat crags, Simon Gee is there and after a quick handshake I head up Fastburn. I run down to Neckband and set about 6 routes. I was only going to do 5 here but looking at a crack at the base called Cut-Throat I thought it looked easy after America. I was wrong, it was dusty, smeary and quite strenny.

  I dropped down into the valley noticing some Bog Asphodel and Sundew between the Bedstraw and bracken on the way up to Gimme where I set off up Intern. I 1st climbed this with Alison Iredale in 2001 the same day as the twin towers. I drop down left and set off up Gimmer String. On the top Steve (superfit) Ashworth is there having bivvied on the top. I used to work with Steve and it was great to see him. 15 mins later I arrived at Pavey Ark.

Gimmer String. Steve Ashworth   Ray McHaffie in Borrowdale, 1950s      I first climbed here in 1999 and arriving I soloed Astra and Cascade before belaying Dave Birkett on his project. He told me he was concerned if he fell off he would hit the ground. He got really high and fell off. His gear held fine but it gave me a shock. Dave has only deepened his legend through the years putting up incredible lines. Whilst working with him and Paddy he would tell us that he was the best dry stone waller in the world. Nay said we but 2 years ago he won at the Chelsea Flower Show. He was the best!

   I go up Capella and Poker Face before heading via Cove crag and Bright Beck Cove towards Sergeant Crag slabs. The 2 red deer are there again on the quiet felltops.

Dad found Sergeant Crag slabs in the mid 90s and it gives some of the best single pitch slabs between VS and E2 in the Lakes. He brought me up here to climb my first HVS, Lakeland cragsman. Hock was there having driven round from Wasdale and I quickly do 5 routes before pulling back up the hillside to jog to Heron. The climbs here are small but on perfect rock and it is a great place to visit after Bleak How. After Heron I drop off to Bleak How and Fat Charlies Buttress before arriving thankfully at my car. I’d told myself at this point to pretend I’d stepped into a fresh body and was just starting. I stuck on Leftism, the music of mine and Dans Yosemite trip and if you’re into that kind of thing a contender for the best album to have left the 90s.

  I arrive at Goat a short while later and head up Preying Mantis. I first did this with dad who said a friend of his once got his fingers trapped in a fingerjam on the 1st pitch whilst seconding. He couldn’t free them so dad started to go down to him saying he’d have to cut the finger off. His friend freed the finger. Tumbleweed Connection, Bitter Oasis, Mirage and Footless Crow are some of the finest climbs in the lakes.

  I head up a few shorter ones before heading to Grange crags. Dad once told me Colin Downer came round the house threatening to beat him up if he did any of Downers lines on this crag. I was curious as to how I’d be on these ones. Sudden Impact and Rough Justice have 5c moves about half way through. I was a bit tired but mainly in my feet. I headed towards Shepherds and the sacrilege of missing out dad’s favourite cliff, Black Crag was not lost on me. I took it off the list a few days before starting but intended to do his climb the Niche later on.



The best café in the world     After an egg butty at Sheps cafe I cover Sheps in the heat of the day feeling very muggy. Porcupine felt hard, Aaros as ever the most pleasurable and by the time I reach Brown Crag Grooves I know I’m tired. Shepherds is nearly always dry, has the ‘best cafe’ at the base and offers great views across Derwentwater. My first climb was on here, Donkeys Ears.

  Hock picks me up from beneath and we drive round to Reecastle, a crag in a truly stunning setting near Watendlath the views from its top are back towards Bassenthwaite Lake. There is a small crowd back from the crag. Maxine Willet from the Mountain Heritage Trust has brought the Abraham Brothers camera up. It’s great to see Duncan and Evon Booth with their kids and with them feeling confident enough in my ability that their children won’t see anything traumatic I feel buoyed. Nicole Macgregor, Clare and Henry Iddon are also around the cliff, part of Hocks enigmatic social networking. Two climbers allow me to use their abseil rope speeding up events. It feels warm and I do 8 climbs as fast as I can. Towards the end a climber asks why I don’t do Thumbscrew as he found it easier than some of the others. I’d intended to but was too tired to do it safely. Since leaving Shepherds I didn’t think I’d complete the challenge. Fatigue had properly arrived. I did a pleasant techy E2 on the south crag, Widowmaker and myself and Hock headed up to Goats. Enjoying the smaller climbs I feel like at the end of a long few days sport climbing. Rogue Herries I’d left till last on this cliff as it was the hardest and I didn’t think I’d do it but wanted to pull up to look at the first hard bit, after a minute I commit upwards in what became the only bad bit of the entire day.

  Feeling pretty battered I decide to leave Lower Falcon, although it would have been great to do the Niche. At the garage in Latrigg Close we grab a sandwich, lucosade and Hock some tabs before we set off into Thirlmere. This used to be my commute road and as Castle Rock appeared in the evening sun the journey with my primary school friend felt a little surreal and brought ‘The Heart of Darkness’ to mind for some reason. The travel from goats to Castle Rock was the biggest rest I’d had and arriving at the crag I got a 2nd wind. A few routes on the south crag meant a move to the north with 5 routes left to do. I really wanted to do a 3 pitch one, Thirlmere Eliminate and Harlots Face. These routes involved Jim Birkett, Paul Ross, Don Whillance, Joe Brown, Pete Greenwood on their first ascent and were cutting edge for the area at the time. Thirlmere Eliminate went well being a corner at the top you can bridge and get all the weight off tired arms. I think I’d done most of these climb with my friend Wesley Hunter sometime in the 90s, we had a load of adventures and some truly ridiculous teenage arguments on the cliffs.

 At 10.15 or so I finished on Angel Highway and was glad I’d had a frenzied hour negating the need for headtorch climbing when tired at the end. I sent Sophie a message. Hock had brought up some bottles of Cumberland Ale and myself, Hock, Simon Gee and Henry Iddon got stuck into them before heading to the Oddfellow Arms in Keswick for another pint. Lucy Wood had made some great food which me and Hock got stuck into sometime after midnight before bed. The next morning I met Hock and Lucys lovely baby, Olive Tinker Hocking. Dave Birkett got in touch to see how it had gone.

 I was deeply touched by the level of support given by people both on the day and in congratulations afterwards on what I’d seen as a personal pilgrimage through some great memories of the Lake District. Some climbs were big, some were tiny, some were clean, some were filthy but all were in the most fantastic landscape.

Thanks a lot to everyone involved before, during and after for having some faith in a somewhat out there idea. If you get the chance go and climb in the Lakes.   Nice one Hock.



Simon Gee glad to be leaving Castle Rock holding a Cumberland Ale       The Southern Comfort was given to me by the Rapid Rock crew from last year, I'd saved it to celebrate     FIINAL LIST

CB     Heatwave 95         Shaun & Haley          Sleeping with the stars              Piers de piece

Wheel of Misfortune   Fastburn     Gillete direct      Razor crack   Gandalfs groove direct    Sweeney Todd    Cut Throat     Aragorn   Intern    Gimmer String

Capella    Poker Face  The confidence man     The futures bright     Slab, ridge and arête      Nibble   nibble  Bright Beck Corner     Confusion Wall    The Tinkerer      Little Jack

Asphasia    Quicksilver     Holly Tree Crack    Deathstroke       Between the Lines

Heaven knows Im miserable now     Flamingo Fandango     Big Foot    The Question    Little Corner   Barefoot    Joie Pur    Traverse of the Frogs

Amistad con el Diablo     Bleak How Buttress

Cellulite   Cholesterol Corner   Supermodel    Reassuringly Stocky

Preying Mantis   The Sting     Paint it Black   Zombie in the Dark     One Across

Fuel Crisis    Driving Ambition   Desmond Decker    Rough Justice    Sudden Impact   Red Neck

Mule Train   Black Icicle   Porcupine   Hippos might fly    Straight and Narrow    Grasp   Poop & Clutch  MGC    Shanna   Aaros   PS  North Buttress   Imago    Jaws   Conclusion    Brown Crag Grooves        

White Noise    Rack Direct     Rack Finger Flake    Water Torture    Bold Warrior   Gibbet   Guillotine   Gauntlet   Widowmaker

Mort     Balancing Act    Light Fantastic   Pussy Galore    Munich Agreement   Optional Omission    Nightmare Zone    Berlin Wall   Stranger to the Ground    Rogue Herries  

Mackanory

Green Eggs and Ham    Reward    Romantically Challenged     Pinnacle Wall    Final Giggle  

Harlots Face    Thirlmere Eliminate     Wingnut    Angels Highway



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Endless Summer
Post by: comPiler on September 19, 2014, 07:00:42 pm
Endless Summer (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/endless-summer)
19 September 2014, 12:11 pm

  This summer has involved 3 trips and some excellent work ranging from MLTs to guiding with Stan,  Cian, Catrin, Cameron, Dan, Khalid and Russel. The endless summer has meant a healthy scene in North Wales with trains of people going up routes like Lord of the Flies and the JubJub Bird. Alex Mason has been climbing well dispatching some cool new routes on Gogarth. Pete Robins gave the pass one of its hardest boulder problems and the Diamond one of its hardest routes as did Chris Doyle in Llandulas cave. Pete Harrisons limestone guidebook has arrived so next year should be a big year for North Wales Limestone.

     Stan and Cian on the belay of Big Groove direct, E4. Gogarth Main cliff        Catrin and Cameron climbing Hardd, staying dry in the heavy rain  
       The first trip was to the Lakes for 4 days and involved climbing Bucket Dynasty (which having a fairly reachy and bold crux received a good flash by Emma Twyford), Dusk Till Dawn, Borderline and repeating some old classics. Dusk Till Dawn particularly deserves attention, Al Wilsons vision. I climbed with Al Wilson a great deal from onwards and when Al spoke of this it was with a bit of awe. After doing the crux on Bucket Dynasty a traverse right leads to 10m of jug pulling and a good cam1 (I’d left mine lower down) where wild moves lead up left from a peg to a sinker and still testing finish. Steep single pitch routes don’t get much better than this.

   Clare Carter organised a ‘Ravens Pit’ evening in the field outside the Sticklebarn pub in Langdale with Dave Birkett giving a great insight into how tourists are lucky not to be shot or run over on motorbikes nowadays as that used to be the usual Cumbrian welcome. It was a good final night to the trip.

   Having just read Pete Liveseys brilliant biography I’d like to recommend it. His routes in the Lakes were very futuristic when they were put up, a precursor to Pete Whillances and Dave Birketts; Footless Crow, Dry Grasp, Nagasaki Grooves, Bitter Oasis amongst many other greats which were and still are testpieces shutting down Lancashire’s finest. Loved Liveseys thoughts on Statement “What do you reckon about this route in Wales? 7 bolts in 70 feet?, how can that be E7?”Good effort to Mark Radtke and John Sheard for slotting it all together.

Looking down The West Face, Great Zawn, Bosigran       The second trip was to Devon and Cornwall and involved ticking the final few extreme rock ticks in the vicinity apart from America and Guernica. I’m giving myself 2 years to finish the book so I’m giving Neil Foster some time to do it first. Highlight climbs were The West Face, Morgawr, The Marksman, Astral Stroll and Il Duce. One of the best parts of the trip came in seeing the ‘spirit of adventure’ in some other climbers though. Worried about some friends who had set off late on Dream Liberator I eventually grabbed a headtorch and went exploring to the top of the zawn about half ten, I could hear voices now and again but couldn’t get a visual. I scrambled to the top of Xanadu to get a better picture to see Gwen topping out on the final 5c pitch by headtorch, with James and Mark still on the belay with no torches. It looked awfully dark down there so I lit the wall up with my headtorch as James and Mark climbed it. I was well impressed with their adventurous attitude although not with James and Marks preparation. Mention should be made of Sophie Evitts efforts this trip as not having climbed for a year doing routes like Il Duce is no mean feat and there were a few ‘eyes on stalks’ moments. I thought Guernica might have been a tad cruel to get back into things.

Sophie enjoying the easier angled pitch on the superb, Il Duce       The final trip of the summer was with Ryan Pasquill. I’d not taken 9 days of ML work to have this trip, probably equivalent to £1500 and I was interested to see if it was worth the cost of not doing the work. Original plans were to go up to look at Echo Wall on Ben Nevis. Having not sport climbed since May and having found a project back in Wales I managed to talk Ryan into a different type of trip.

  We set off in the afternoon from Sheffield and arrived in Dovedale with climbing gear and sleeping bags at the ready. Walking into the campsite shop we had difficulty deciding on wether to carry a bottle of wine or some beers. It was a tough decision and in the end we took both. We hiked up to Dove and after a warm up on the Flying fissure finish I send Ryan up Dusk Till Dawn. A flash pump kills him high up on the pillar and he says he’d wished he’d done Dynasty first. I mentioned I’d only done that one first because the description was wrong and I’d gone 3m higher than the traverse right and was too pumped to downclimb.

We leave the kit at the crag base and go up to the brilliant bivvy cave the Priests Hole where we played cards and cooked up a feast (of couscous and rice). The morning after the sun shone straight into the cave and there was a layer of mist in the valley bottom, I can see why Millican Dalton spent his summers living in his cave in Borrowdale.  

     Morning views from the Priests Hole        The Priests Hole  
      The Commital Chamber, Iron Crag, Thirlmere       After warming up Ryan did Dusk Till Dawn and Bucket Dynasty and I did Vlad the Impailer and Beyond the Pail (which is still E6 rather than 7). Climbing on Dove we were both in a perpetual pumped state and I knew my fitness had deteriorated considerably since May when I’d onsighted 3 E7s in a day in Pembroke. The day after we went to Iron crag to climb Commital Chamber and Al Wilsons excellent link-up from Western Union into Pumping Iron, Iron Man which deserves attention.

  Heading back to North Wales we both felt cooked and there was no opportunity to get Ryan on the Promontory Slab project and the Meltdown which had been part of the plan. Having pretty good gear but a ludicrously hard start I spoke to Dawes who said he’d done the moves on the middle bit but didn’t think the start would go. I think it’ll be V11ish starting 8m being considerably harder than Stone Temple Pilots or Diesel Power but on a steep slab! The only way I can see of anyone doing this is what me and pete used to take the piss out of Jack for, being a ‘**** on the shunt’. I suppose that was me on meltdown as well though.

The Promontory Slab project        We head down to Pembroke in the late afternoon and do Another Day, Another Dog, The Barbarians are Coming, Ships that Pass in the Night and Dogs of Hoare which I’d not done since the late 90s. Climbing with Ryan necessitates sponsoring St Govans Inn each night! I’ve been to Pembroke many times over the years and think the drive down from North Wales is one of the most picturesque drives you can do. The quantity of great climbs there is near limitless and I’m sorry Gogarth but Pembrokes certainly offers the best sea cliffs in Britain.

  Pembroke was fairly quiet, which is unusual for such a nice weekend. We headed straight to Huntsman’s Leap where Ryan gets going on the technical E5, Magazine people with myself and Mawson offering some heckling as Ry doesn’t feel himself and seems to climb left, right and centre all the way up, never finding the easiest path. I do Black Lagoon which with the some of the pegs missing felt quite committing and should be regarded as considerably harder than Souls, the classic, ok E6 of the Leap and bloody hell it’s got a tough move after the first thread. There is only Nothing to Fear I really want to do in there now. After another Leap E5 we finish on Trevallen on Smash the Bass (which has 2 extremely dangerous blocks right beneath the roof now-don’t do it, I started to lever it off but was worried of chopping my ropes) and the Hole.

Lee Roberts and Joe Betalot on Darkness at Noon. The chalk marks on the right shows Black Lagoon       Free Masonry traverses the lip of the arch to gain the small round cave. Then goes straight up        That night Mawson divulges the delights of Free Masonry, a 4 pitch E6 on the outside of the Cauldron. Taking Crispin Waddy a few efforts over 2 years the ascent required procuring George Smith and involved the odd retreat into the Sea from the final pitch. Neil had said himself and Charlie Woodburn had done some epic sideways abseiling/traversing to retreat from the final crux pitch.

 We woke up groggily and set off with intent. We racked up at the summit of the impressive Cauldron Hole and walked down the ridge. A sea level traverse leads to 20 metres of commando style caving to eventually pop out before the Stone Bridge which gives Free Masonry its first pitch. Now, talking about 4 pitch sea arch E6s in the pub doesn’t quite give you a good impression of what they actually look like close up. On the apex of the Arch was a small cave at the end of the 3rd Pitch, the top of this had a 1m horizontal roof above it leading to severely overhanging ground and eventually to an extremely blank looking groove nr the top of the cliff. Although E6 isn’t that big a grade many people who have climbed routes graded E9/10 won’t have onsighted 10 routes of E6. Basically some of them can be really hard and because the more esoteric ones get done little or not at all when compared with many easier climbs the grade is more likely to be off the mark.

We both went quiet for a minute before some awfully soft, almost unconscious excuses started coming out of our mouths.

“What do you think?”

“We’re pretty tired”

“The start looks quite wet”

“The seas too rough to abseil into and besides which, how the **** do you swim with a rack on?”

We looked back at the caves, our still easy line of retreat.

Our excuses sickened me somewhat, although it may have been the Broadside. We decided to have a look as it was only the first 5 metres looked wet. The first pitch of the Stone Bridge, a 1980s Mick Fowler E5 6b provides a suitable start having a pumpy groove leading to airy moves round an arête and a good thread belay. Ryan leads through across more exciting terrain, a horizontal traverse leading to a 7m downclimb down a groove and a hanging belay right on the lip of the arch. The 3rd pitch involved wild climbing, jumping feet across the other side of grooves to get bridged and piling around a wild arête where you could climb it several different ways but all around 6a/b. Pulling into the cave is just the best belay. Its 5m deep and the birds who once inhabited it must have thought they had the best, least likely to be interrupted home until Crispin and George poked their heads in. In the guidebook it had mentioned that the climb was generally well protected. I now knew that it was a George/Crispin sandbag as the pitch before had been E6 and with slightly more small and fiddly gear than you’d like for the style of moves you do away from it.

The lip belay with the cave not far beyond  



The inside of the cave       Ryan, not wanting to leave the cave      

 Ryan arrived in the mega cave and we were both feeling a bit tired, the route finding had been tricky even to here which is what had helped stop Neil and Charlie on the final pitch. I won’t spoil the surprise of the finale but crux moves just above the cave lead to big moves on big holds to a still 6bish groove nr the top. I was totally blown away (as was Ryan).

   I’ve done Conan the Librarian 3 times and think it’s an amazing climb but this was well beyond that for both brilliant climbing and ludicrous terrain it follows. The pictures just can’t do it justice. We went to Govans East and finished on Psyce n Gurn which although it gets the same grade is thankfully about E4 6b. The following day we were battered, Ryan did Yellow Pearls and I did Fabulous Fishing but both our elbows were out by this point. The afternoon was spent watching a remarkable effort by a friend of ours but I’m sworn to secrecy.

  I look back on the trip and the £1500 in work I’d not taken. I can roughly attach a price to many of the climbs for what they are worth to me (economists and insurance companies love this kind of thing). Vlad, Iron Man, Black lagoon are each worth ~£200 being great routes I’ve thought about doing for years. The ascent of Free Masonry with Ryan though, that’s trickier, it was absolutely priceless and will keep me chuckling for years. Free Masonry.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fiend on September 19, 2014, 08:47:05 pm
Great report, we really need more of this.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Falling Down on September 20, 2014, 01:14:03 am
Yes indeed..
Title: Choronzon   E10  7a(8b+)
Post by: comPiler on September 23, 2014, 01:00:19 pm
Choronzon   E10  7a(8b+) (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/choronzon-e10-7a8b)
23 September 2014, 10:53 am

    “The gears a slider, a tricam, a cam and a wire”.

   I nod my head to Neil in the hope he thinks I like the sound of what he’s telling me. A slider, what bloody good is a slider? So its 7c+/8a to get to this gear at 15m. A fall anywhere near the end of this first runout would deposit him on the ground. From this gear, all placed at the same point hard and dynamic moves lead right and then straight up for another 5m to a crux slap. From here 2 more wires are had, small offsets before more hard moves lead to easier ground.

I’d known about Neils Pembroke project as long as he’d had it, since about 2011. It sounded pretty epic but I’d expected something looking similar to The Big Issue, a steep face with a load of good looking pockets and good gear here and there. Standing beneath Neils route it only shared the steepness. There were no juggy pockets, only some small spaced calcite crimps which Neil informed me was the easy part of the climb! Higher I could see it looked very hard with a dynamic crux move at the end of a lot of hard, bold climbing. It was obvious looking up at it that only a meticulous climbing performance would get up the devil.

  Behind me I heard Ryan cracking open one of the cans of Guinness, we’d brought 4 down to the beach with us thinking to share a celebration with Neil and his partner Nathan. It was the end of mine and Ryans road trip and having done a lot of climbs from E5-7 in the Lakes and Pembroke we were both toasted and enjoyed going to lend moral support to Neil and watch the show.

  I knew Neil had put a fair amount of effort into it but Ryan brought it home mentioning Neil had often driven the 5 hrs to Sheffield and camped on his own to go and work this project. On many of his efforts over the years the conditions have been too gop to attempt it. On hearing about Neils efforts against shite conditions I thought having a project like it an extremely poor idea as I couldn’t be arsed having sport projects on the Diamond in N.wales due to the gop, let alone a venue 5 hrs drive away.

     Neil abseiling in from the top        Neil warming up    
      After a quick look and warm up into the moves on a rope he says he’s going to have a go. After putting in the first runners and reversing for a ten minute breather Neil starts the lead. He climbs the crimpy calcite wall like a smooth robot and at about 10m entered the no-fall zone to eventually arrive at the flake where a poor shakeout can be had and thankfully the nest of gear. To this point would be E8/9 for sure looking to be a considerably bigger lead than Gribin Wall climb. After the gear is in and a 5 minute shake the Mawson machine continues, climbing fast he is suddenly a fair way above his tricam and cluster of shite and is eyeballing the jug.

His body sags a tiny bit and he falls outwards as his fingertips tickle the jug. A big fall brings him downwards and Nathan his belayer upwards till they are level. The cluster held, obviously. After stripping the gear Neil gave it one more go. Climbing smoothly again past the first runout to the nest of gear. Unfortunately seepage had set in and a wet hold chucked him off a little after. Even though Neil didn’t have glory that day his performance was a very inspiring one.

Neil high on his first lead attempt       Neil on his way down from his first attempt       Actual steepness of face       Driving back with Ryan I was still trying to take in what Neil had put into that bit of rock and was pondering wether it was a worthwhile venture, after all, in that time you can do a hell of a lot of other things. He certainly wasn’t doing it for any financial gain, as one of Britain’s top climbers he’d get a load of free gear being a hero near his home, he has a full time job and didn’t need to risk life and limb on a project.  No, this was a very personal endeavour, a mission to try and climb quite a futuristic, overhanging wall, certainly in terms of trad.  

   What if it got wet and he didn’t get it this year? The thought disturbed me on Neils behalf, having to start again next year, getting fit enough to do 3 laps on an 8b+/c, re-working the moves, psyching up again.  

I’d asked Neil to message me when he had success and to give me the name. I was on the way back from the Lakes having caught up with family and climbed a few classics on Pavey Ark and Goat crag, the opposite end of the scale from what Neil was doing.

“Hi Caff. Did it today! Amazing conditions. E10 8b+, name Choronzon. It’s a mythical demon that lives in the abyss of one’s mind. It tries to reinforce the negative thoughts going through ones mind”

  An appropriate name although I’ve never required a demon to supply me with negative thoughts. I’ve climbed a few routes graded E9 in a session or 2 with speed of ascent and minimal inspection being one of my main aims on routes I couldn’t onsight, hence the odd failure due to lack of preparation. It was obvious this was a different proposition to those climbs requiring a whole lot ‘more’.

   I think it’s probably the hardest trad style climb in Wales and England with routes like Equilibrium deserving a grade of E9 7b perhaps, being hard but not as big a lead. I know Neil would have voted yes if given the chance as if Scotland became independent Choronzon would be the hardest in the Unitedish Kingdom. As it stands it will be one of the hardest 3 in the UK; Rhapsody, Echo Wall and Choronzon.  All very different routes in different venues but they’ve one thing in common, it took 2 great climbers a great deal of effort and dedication to climb them.

 Nice one Neil.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: A 100 or so good E6s
Post by: comPiler on December 18, 2014, 06:00:22 pm
A 100 or so good E6s (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/a-100-or-so-good-e6s)
18 December 2014, 3:40 pm

   It's the time of the year again when I start to formulate lists of must do routes. I've put together a list of some of the better E6s I've climbed over the years in various areas. Scotland is sadly lacking in the list but Murdo, Ian Small, Blair and Tony Stone are all good candidates for info on the better ones to go for. Many are incomparable in terms of difficulty and seriousness, with routes like Hells Wall and Eye of the Tiger being technically hard but much easier leads than routes such as Other Realms or Stage Fright.

  The routes on the Stigmata buttress should be handled with care. Some of the routes are well known and probably get as much traffic as any E6 does but there are a few more esoteric ones people might be keen to search out. The guidebook descriptions for many routes at around this grade should be taken with caution as often they're off the mark with the grade as some get repeated rarely. I've shaded green ones that are good tasters at the grade but they may still have some bite. The ones with a + sign may be at the upper remit of the grade.  I've left out the highballs and the total clip ups although Grezelda and Ghost Train just scraped in. Many of the routes are by the same list of first ascentionists, the likes of Littlejohn, Gibson, Crocker and Fowler, Livesey, Fawcett being very prolific.        Paul Swail enjoying Above & Beyond, Fairhead       Wen Zawn, aptly named where Conan the Librarian and Mr Softy are found       Smoothlands. Hellbound and Creeping Flesh offer brilliant slab climbing       Strangers tackles the short but brilliant right arête found in north Pembroke, Craig Llong. A Crocker classic       Pasquil showing that although he struggles on brit 9a+s he has no problem on grit        Robins getting ready to race up Ghost Train   Two Wee Laddies, Rora Head, Hoy                                     Great White, Blue Scar                            

Handren Effect, Glen Nevis                                                Milky Way, Ilkley

Highlander, Kioch, Skye                                                     Conan the Librarian, Gogarth

Old El Pastits, Gairloch                                                       The Cad, Gogarth

Dead Calm, Gairloch

Bonxie, Pabbay                                                                 Mr Softy, Gogarth

Sweet Disregard for the Truth, Glen Coe                              Skinhead Moonstomp, Gogarth

Faery Stories, Fairhead                                                       Barbarossa, Gogah

Above & Beyond, Fairhead                                                  Ludwig, Gogarth

Hells Kitchen Arete, Fairhead                                               Crack Eats Man Alive, Gogarth

Taming the Tiger, Fairhead                                                 Jub Jub Bird, Rhoscolyn

Pressure Point, Mournes                                                     Dreams & Screams, Rhoscolyn

Footloose Crow, Borrowdale                                               Tonight at Noon, Lleyn

Daylight Robbery, Borrowdale                                             Terrorhawk, Lleyn

Camikazi, Borrowdale                                                         Gross Clinic, Lleyn

Ringwraith, Scafell                                                             Rust Never Sleeps, Lleyn

                                                                                   ++Other Realms, Lleyn

                                                                                       Negative Equity, Lleyn

Western Union, Thirlemere                                                 Surreal, Tremadog

Internal Combustion, Raven Ullswater                                  +No Holds Barred, Tremadog

                                                                                       Fingerlicker Direct, Tremadog

Liquid Engineering, Raven Ullswater                                     A Midsummer Nights Dream

Sixpense, Langdale                                                            Unleashing the wild Physique, Pass

Das Kapital, Thirlmere                                                        Lord of the Flies, Pass

Bucket City, Dove crag                                                       The Wrath of Khan, Pass

                           

Pail Face, Dove Crag                                                           New Era, Pass

Woodhouses Arete, Dow Crag                                              Pretty Girls Make Graves, Pass

                         

                                                                                        Alchemy, Pass

                                                                                        Potency, Cwm Silyn

       

                                                                                        The Silver Usurper, Bodlyn, Rhinogs

Paths of Victory, Dow Crag                                                  Rainbow of Recalcitrance, Dinorwic

Stage Fright, Hodge Close quarry                                         Naked Before the Beast, Dinorwic

Hells Wall, Borrowdale                                                        Sombre Music, Dinorwic

Defying Destiny, Stanage                                                    Leafstorm, Nesscliffe

Crypt Trip, Stanage                                                            Strangers, Craig Llong, Pemboke

Salmon Left, Bamford                                                        All or Nothing, Barcud, Pembroke

Block & Tackle, Higgar Tor

Crème de la Crème, Yarncliffe                                            Fear no Evil, Range West

Adam Smiths Invisible Hand, Millstone                                 Grezelda Grezelda, Pembroke

Perplexity, Millstone                                                           Obsession Box, Pembroke

Messiah, Burbage south                                                      Big in America, Pembroke

Mickey Finn, Gardoms                                                        Hunter Killer, Pembroke

Make it Slappy, Gardoms                                                    Souls, Pemboke

Barriers in Time, Roaches

Master of Reality, Hen Cloud                                               White Hotel, Pembroke

Linden, Curbar                                                                   Little Hunt, Pembroke

Eye of the Tiger, Dovedale                                                  +Free Masonry, Pembroke

Coronary Country, Sharpnose                                              Orange Robe Burning, Pembroke

Hellbound, Smoothlands                                                     Oranges & Lemons, Pembroke

Absolution, Bosigran                                                           +Great White, Pembroke

Morgawr, Bosigran                                                             Ghost Train, Pembroke

Demolition, Sennen                                                          Crimes of Passion, Pembroke                                        

Caveman, Berry Head                                                The Empire Strikes Back, Pembroke

Emergency Ward Ten,Lundy                                                Chasing Shade, Pembroke

+Watching the Ocean, Lundy

 

Voyage of the Acolyte, Lundy

Chase the Ace, Lundy

Ex-Cathedra, Lundy

The Price of Admission, Lundy

Ryan on the brilliant Free Masonry, possibly the best on this list       Robins wanting Ryan to hurry up on pitch 2 of Conan       The Rainbow slab, home to some of the best       2 idiots on the belay of hellbound. This is best done in one pitch as the belay consists of 2 old pegs you can back up with skyhooks. First pitch has loads of good wires

Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Neil F on December 18, 2014, 11:10:12 pm
17

Nice list Caff

 :)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fiend on December 18, 2014, 11:33:25 pm
Nice one Caff. Pics don't come through tho :S
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: T_B on December 19, 2014, 09:36:16 am
17

Nice list Caff

 :)

20 (9 green, 8 on sight, 7 flash, 4 ground up, 1 second + 6 fails)

Hell’s Wall (fell off), Crypt Trip (fell off), Lord (fell off right at the top), Skinhead Moonstomp, Hunter Killer (fell off), Master of Reality, Coronary Country and Caveman jump out as the ones I’d still really like to do... mainly cos they're all pretty safe (apart from Lord).
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on December 19, 2014, 10:52:18 am
Jeez. I've led two and seconded three, one of which we agreed (Caff led) was E4! On the plus side I didn't fall off any, though I did jib my pitch on Two Little Boys.

Smoothlands looks amazing.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Doylo on December 19, 2014, 11:11:01 am
Four for me:

Make is Slappy (head point)
Grezelda Grezelda (flash)
Lord (onsight)
The Cad (onsight)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Wood FT on December 19, 2014, 11:22:05 am
Jeez. I've led two and seconded three, one of which we agreed (Caff led) was E4!

 :bounce: do tell
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on December 19, 2014, 11:30:11 am
Highlander on the Cioch. It's a bit like an easier version of the Knock.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: SA Chris on December 19, 2014, 11:32:21 am
Pics don't come through tho :S

Click blog link.
Title: The 'Pro-climber?'
Post by: comPiler on January 25, 2015, 12:00:45 am
The 'Pro-climber?' (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/the-pro-climber)
24 January 2015, 7:37 pm

    The Wizbang enjoying Ramadan, Siurana     A talk by Jack Geldard about ‘Do you think you can be a professional climber’ and a blog by Andy Kirkpatrick got me thinking about the ‘Pros’. My thoughts immediately went to Wiz Fineron.



    The Superdirect on the Mot used to be my favourite E1 in the Pass, I’d done it on my own  many times over the years in most conditions and never been nervous, until 7 yrs ago. My partner was leading. Halfway up the top pitch, due to his small size he had to body bridge the groove ‘quarryman’ style to the roof. Flicking in a cam 0 at full stretch he went on to fearlessly dyno through the roof before romping to the top. Wiz was 11 and very small. He moved to NZ and I knew that if he carried on climbing he would be pretty unstoppable. It must have been about this time that an ever positive Tim Emmett told the then young Hazel Findlay to go for it with regards to becoming a pro-climber. I’m glad that he did, I would have told her that she was bonkers.

 Wiz reappeared in Blighty last year and didn’t disappoint. He’s a good contender for the best rock climber operating in Britain at the moment. His no falls, 1 day ascent of Silbergier might be the best ascent yet from a very good international contingent who have repeated the climb.  Wiz lives on carrots, doesn’t make any money from climbing and I doubt there are any climbs in the world that will be out of his remit in the next few years with boredom threshold being the key factor for the harder sporty ones.

  I’ve been a sponsored climber since the late 1990s on and off, having had some great sponsors. Red Chili, Wild Country, ME, Moon, V12, Mountain Works, Arcteryx, 5.10 and my current sponsors, DMM, Rab, Boreal and Stirling Ropes. They’ve all been great because I’ve ranged from a good sponsor/role model, for example getting up before work to train, having and helping to publicise achievements but I've also been an awful sponsee/role model. Getting up having a couple of tabs and a coffee, going to work and getting pumped solid trying to lead something I could easily have soloed when leading a semi-healthy lifestyle etc. I’d like to reassure my current sponsors I’m in the former role. For me the free kit over the years has been a ‘support network’ for kit I would often have struggled to afford.

  Sponsorship has changed over the years. In the 90s you could get free boots and kit for climbing well and if you were a little known maybe even some free clothes. Nowadays to be sponsored free boots you are expected to have a blog, twitter feed, a facebook 'athlete' page and a climbing CV which states you can redpoint almost as well as Ondra can onsight.

 Even then you might get booted off the boot team. Last year 5.10 got rid of anyone who wasn’t a ‘good’ self promoter in Britain. Pete Robins had been with them since the 90s, is one of the best rock climbers around, had been on front covers of magazines, dvds, guides as well as lots of online footage of him doing the hardest boulder problems and routes in Wales and they ditched him for not having a blog and social media accounts. I was one of the ‘chosen’ getting an email saying:


“When we get round to 2015, we will review how the year has fared for you and hopefully you will have achieved greater media interest. Please send me links to your online news, Youtube and Vimeo vids, personal blogs etc. If something appears in a magazine/newspaper or on the telly, let me know. I don’t want to get to 2015, and see that there is nothing against your name, when in fact you have been setting the world alight. It is up to you to promote yourself.”

A 5.10 athlete expresses disappointment at being dropped from the team     I realised at this point more than ever that sponsorship is not about performance but more concerning social media salesmanship.....of oneself.

  Being a sponsored climber and being a ‘pro’ are 2 different things, having never been a ‘pro-climber’ I do know a bit of what it consists of and am impressed people have chosen this over a job as for anyone who isn't a trustifarian it seems a bold move. In 2011 I was in Yosemite and climbed with Hazel Findlay and Sean Villanueva for a day or 2. Even through my fickle seasonal contracts in the UK outdoor instruction industry I was earning about 4 times what they earned combined. They were living out of a bag following their dream. I was waiting to buy each series of Game of Thrones, pumping money into a pension scheme to subsidise the usual PYB pension of EBAYing off the free kit. It’s no surprise that there is little money in climbing, I love climbing and have done a lot of instruction and coaching over the years but if it’s a choice between a climbing film or Masterchef the latter wins.

   Anybody working a 5 day week who can have the weekend and 2 evenings off has enough free time to climb as well as many of the ‘pro-climbers’ in the world today but with the added benefit of a reasonable salary and perhaps a pension.

A look at some ‘pros’:


  Leo Houlding left home when he was 14/15 to pursue his dream, and lived out of a bag. His achievements on El Cap stand the test of time, especially his ground up effort on the Prophet. Very few climbers in the world would stand halfway up El Cap look up and set off on a serious 7c pitch without knowing what was there. In fact knowing the grade and where to go very few climbers in the world would get up it without abseil inspection. What I like about Leos achievement is that he abhorred training, wasn’t a keen sports climber but with all the modern strength gains the best of today would still struggle to replicate his effort. Although some UKBeliebers would argue the point.

  Hazels achievements are spectacular with the granite being a tough medium to climb on often giving blank, insecure and reachy pitches which have to be executed in exposure and heat whilst being really bolloxed from hauling. This done groundup on routes which many good climbers abseil down to rehearse pitches to up their chance of success. When she stops moaning about her whingery I expect more great things.

 Steve Mcclure is another enigma to me. I’m really glad he decided to become a pro climber and make it worthwhile for Ondra to visit Britain, but what most impressed me about his choice is he stopped a career in engineering to do something which pays him less than half as well, is highly insecure, and has limited long term prospects. He ditched a good salary and gave Britain some iconic cutting edge climbs.

  There have been many climbers over the years who could have become sponsored climbers or even ‘pros’. In the 1980s Douggie Hall was onsighting E7s which is a bit like the 4 minute mile in blighty, some years next to nobody does it, apart from maybe Ian Small.

  Probably the most impressive soloist to have partook of the activity in Britain is someone few people will know of. He used to do laps on Void, onsight soloed Great Arete (a mountain crag E5 in the Carneddau) as well as many other much easier soloes, like Positron. He was...the great Doug Shaw, or Doug the Thug to people who knew him. I laboured for him for a while and he is a top guy. What he did back then was comparable to what Peter Croft did in Yosemite, if I had to choose between going up Astroman or Great Arete without a rope Astroman would win.

  The achievements of these trad climbers often isn’t recognised like that of the well known sport climbers like Ben Moon who has been shown to be ahead of his time in terms of physical climbing ability. The likes of Pete Croft, Douggie Hall and Doug Shaw could easily have done more ‘terrifying’ things if they used tactics employed nowadays. For instance, if Doug had been arsed to dick about on a rope on Strawberries for an hour I’m confident he could have soloed it if he wished, as Croft could solo big E6/7s if he’d rehearsed them more, who knows he probably did.

Going back on track to a next generation climber like Wiz, my advice to him is it would be a damn shame for him not to climb as a ‘pro’ for a while to see what he can do, although he’d certainly be better off getting a job as a fireman, just ask Ed Booth. Wiz is what I deem an excellent role model and the main hurdle setting him back is his modesty.

   I’ve told him not to worry about ‘selling out’ via the social media outlets, there is no such thing nowadays as everyone is on there. Peter Capaldi gets it bang on in the Thick of It when he says “everybody is spewing their guts up on the internet”. If it sometimes feels a bit wrong and broken then just treat it like the environment- something to be ignored. I hope he can manage it without helping to promote poisonous drinks to kids. I cant help with hash tagging on twitter but should mention that Lauren Lavine said if you use more than 3 hash tags it’s likely that your # shit in bed.

 I’d advise him to ask for more than just expenses if he is having to travel away for boot demos or talks. If you have a job as an outdoor instructor you can earn £150-£200 in a day, which means that you may be better off staying at home, going to work and going shopping. I recommend V12.



I’ll give the Prophet the final words of wisdom:

The priestess said to the Prophet: “Speak to us of sponsorship”

& the Prophet said: “People of Orphalese”

“I know not of work, the chalkbag is my lathe and the wingsuit my scythe”

“The modest man goeth hungry lest he not in top gear”

“Through Posing thou cometh into emancipation”



   



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: kelvin on January 25, 2015, 08:02:15 am
There's some great bits in there.

*off to drink a over-caffeinated sugary drink company
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Duma on January 25, 2015, 08:14:26 am
Brilliant
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: tomtom on January 25, 2015, 09:43:06 am
Quality last para :)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: abarro81 on January 27, 2015, 07:50:43 am
http://eveningsends.com/climbing/athlete-models-sierra-blair-coyle/ (http://eveningsends.com/climbing/athlete-models-sierra-blair-coyle/)
Appropriately timed
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: kelvin on January 27, 2015, 09:21:22 am
Beat me to it Alex.
Title: Re: The 'Pro-climber?'
Post by: slackline on January 27, 2015, 09:42:19 am
What I like about Leos achievement is that he abhorred training, wasn’t a keen sports climber but with all the modern strength gains the best of today would still struggle to replicate his effort. Although some UKBeliebers would argue the point.

 :lol:
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: a dense loner on January 27, 2015, 03:43:13 pm
I'd have loved to have not been a keen sports climber yet went to the wall all the time sports climbing before I became junior British sport climbing champ  ;)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: jwi on January 27, 2015, 09:36:53 pm
Exactly
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: kelvin on January 27, 2015, 10:31:27 pm
Seems to have got people talking anyway...


https://climbcore.wordpress.com/2015/01/27/sierra-blair-coyle-who-gives-a-s-if-shes-a-model-who-climbs-hard/
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: abarro81 on January 27, 2015, 10:37:21 pm
Whilst Bishrat comes across as quite thoughtful and eloquent, this guy comes across as a fuckwit, to the level that it doesn't seem worth responding to the post
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: kelvin on January 27, 2015, 11:18:42 pm
Hazel Findley has commented on facebook too, saying how well articulated Bishrat's article was and how uncomfy chimneying in hotpants must be.

Can't say SBC bothers me that much, she's always seems happy on her twitter feed and her pics are far more random than just pretty girl snaps. I did follow Sasha Deguilian for a while but to be honest - got sick of all the promoting of products. Not exactly subtle.

* to redress the fact that I look like an old perv, I also follow grimer and sheffield rumours  :whistle:
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on January 28, 2015, 10:09:45 am
Exactly

Not really. Winning the junior lead comps in the late nineties hardly required modern levels of sport climbing training. Leo put their success on El Nino down on the combination of slate and Gogarth skills, which are far more relevant and what the modern hones Caff is referring to lack.

Whilst Bishrat comes across as quite thoughtful and eloquent, this guy comes across as a fuckwit, to the level that it doesn't seem worth responding to the post

I thought he hit the nail on the head to be honest. It's always been fine to be sponsored as an averagely good male climber as long as you get yourself in the media. Yet as Caff (again) points out, one of the very top British climbers got dropped by his sponsor for not being active on social media - despite being the best-looking guy on the scene. Talent, whether looks or ability, doesn't get sponsorship, but self-promotion does. Self-promotion is easier if you are good looking, but you still have to put the work in. All it shows is people are obsessed by talking about women's looks, but pretend men's aren't relevant.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: hstmoore on January 28, 2015, 10:26:06 am

I thought he hit the nail on the head to be honest.

I agree - because she is female we assume that she must have used her sexuality to achieve her fame. Some men, as the author of the second article points out, who are relatively mediocre climbers (compared to the best) and have good self-promotion skills also achieve fame, but we do not assume that they are using their sexuality to do so. This shows our assumption about SBC to be based on her sex i.e sexist.

In the same vein, similar (sexist) assumptions are made about women in positions of power elsewhere in the world e.g 'that female CEO is in that position because she wears a tight skirt' or 'that female singer is famous because she sucked off x'.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Oldmanmatt on January 28, 2015, 10:32:43 am
I watched her compete in the DWS at Exeter last summer.
She's good.
She got wet.
She laughed about it.
Ask the other women she beat.
She may not have won but then, Michela is better.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Oldmanmatt on January 28, 2015, 11:12:52 am
Thinking on it.
(And acknowledging the sample size of .... One).

Considering her company in the top three that day,  were she a UK resident, she would be one of our top female climbers.

(http://tapatalk.imageshack.com/v2/15/01/28/eec3537737d3928de883d85c0efa11a0.jpg)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: petejh on January 28, 2015, 12:04:26 pm
Well, among the top women in novel dws comps at least. She does appear to perform best in a bikini.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Durbs on January 28, 2015, 12:09:20 pm
Well, among the top women in novel dws comps at least. She does appear to perform best in a bikini.

Don't we all?
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: petejh on January 28, 2015, 12:11:15 pm
I perform best in a string vest (base layer).
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: SA Chris on January 28, 2015, 12:43:04 pm
and knotted hankie.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Doylo on January 28, 2015, 12:56:16 pm
She performs best with her winky giving the world a wink.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: grimer on January 28, 2015, 01:23:29 pm
I wonder if the fact that a discussion about James McHaffie's blog has turned to Sierra Blair Coyle's winky boost Caff's Google ranking?
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: slackline on January 28, 2015, 01:37:01 pm
Since the discussion is happening on UKB it will have no effect on the ranking of James' blog.  :geek:
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: petejh on January 28, 2015, 01:50:35 pm
I think there's legs in the idea of pairing together dry-witted pasty sun-avoiding British trad onsighting machine Caff with cute effervescent smiley US blonde boulderer-model Sierra. Chuck them both into an outdoors US bouldering comp, followed by a trip into the Black Canyon of the Gunnison and film the outcome.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Oldmanmatt on January 28, 2015, 02:28:56 pm

I think there's legs in the idea of pairing together dry-witted pasty sun-avoiding British trad onsighting machine Caff with cute effervescent smiley US blonde boulderer-model Sierra. Chuck them both into an outdoors US bouldering comp, followed by a trip into the Black Canyon of the Gunnison and film the outcome.

Lots of little blond Boulderers?
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: petejh on January 28, 2015, 02:52:24 pm
Ha! An emoji explosion.


So who's a comparable male version of the SBC-cameltoe-phenomenom?

Bear Gryllis? - macho ultramanly-type media fuckwit.

Any others? There must be some shallow douchebag guys that over-emphasize their masculinity to attract media exposure, in a context loosely based around climbing/mountaineering.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Wood FT on January 28, 2015, 04:10:34 pm
Seems to have got people talking anyway...


https://climbcore.wordpress.com/2015/01/27/sierra-blair-coyle-who-gives-a-s-if-shes-a-model-who-climbs-hard/

Jesus christ I read that, I actually read that.


Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Muenchener on January 28, 2015, 04:42:56 pm
I think there's legs in the idea of pairing together dry-witted pasty sun-avoiding British trad onsighting machine Caff with cute effervescent smiley US blonde boulderer-model Sierra. Chuck them both into an outdoors US bouldering comp, followed by a trip into the Black Canyon of the Gunnison and film the outcome.

You never know. Whoda thunk cute effervescent smiley US blonde sport climberette Sasha di G would stroll up a gnarly Huberbuam 8c on the Cima GrandeOvest as her first alpine route?
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: SA Chris on January 28, 2015, 04:53:00 pm
Any others? There must be some shallow douchebag guys that over-emphasize their masculinity to attract media exposure, in a context loosely based around climbing/mountaineering.

In the article he mentions he can think of one male climber / model but doesn't actually name him; any guesses?

I can think of one who climber who was arguably was more famous due to media representation than climbing ability; the now disgraced Ivan Greene?
Title: Spring Cleaning
Post by: comPiler on June 16, 2015, 01:01:10 am
Spring Cleaning (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/spring-cleaning)
15 June 2015, 7:41 pm

    The spring so far has felt like going through various stages of British climbing history. Going from Dawes’ slate masterpieces, Arrans Pembroke classics, Liveseys early frighteners onto attempting Moffats tribute to LPT Liquid Ambar.

  After having a few years off sport climbing I started the year with a trip to Spain which reignited the ‘sport desire’ and made me realise I’d been pretty unfit for 3 years. Getting back down LPT the start of the season I had forgotten how good the venue is. It’s got some of the best sport climbs in Britain across a large spectrum of difficulties. Night Glue, Bad Bad Boy, Statement of Youth, Over the Moon and Youthanasia being some of my top choices.

  In 2011 I had my first 2 month period of my life of taking sport climbing seriously with it always taking a backseat to trad. This same year 2 friends, Neil Dyer and Pete Robins were vying for the 1st ascent of the direct on the Walking Mussel which became one of the areas hardest sport climbs, Megalopa, Dyer got it first but I regard it as both theirs. Being hard 8b to a poor shakeout before a short fingery 8a+ it’s all about recovery on poor rests. Myself and Oli Grounsel climbed this early season before a great weekend in Pembroke.

Lower Pen Trwyn       The Easter weekend in Pembroke is often like Glastonbury in the campsite field near St Govans Inn. Over the weekend climbing with Dan Mcmanus we did a few great climbs, most of the harder ones belonging to John Arran, at least in their free forms. Three E7s which come highly recommended from the trip were Horizontal Pleasures (a Yosemite 5.12b), Roof of the World and Monster in a Box. Very different propositions but offering great, safe routes at the grades.   Another route very worth doing from the trip is an Oxley/Waddy route called Outfoxed, giving good protection to high up but with a tricky bit at and above the roof but giving a 3 star E6/7. Interestingly over the weekend we came closest to falling on an E5 so don’t let the grades deter a go at the harder ones.

Dan on John Arrans aptly named, The Roof of the World   Johnny Dawes masterpiece, Couer De Lion   A few days after I was walking past Watford Gap with Pete Robins and Ray Wood to the view overlooking Twll Mawr, where the Quarryman lies and some key scenes from the Stone Monkey video. I’d abbed down Couer De Lion a couple of times to clean and check the moves and the gear and the opportunity to try it with Pete had arrived.

  On my first abseil I arrived at the crux and was scratching my head for a few minutes, it appeared pretty blank but I knew I’d done the moves a decade or more before when looking at the Meltdown. I worked out each hard move on the crux and was pretty impressed by how insecure they were.

 On the day of the ascent I’d stayed off the coffee and was feeling nervous waiting to go down, partly because of a near bust tip and because the main pitch is so insecure and the day felt warm and too still.

We abbed in over the horrible slate choss pile to the base and having warmed up at home and a solo I set off. After a few metres of 6b climbing you get to the most serious bit of the climb, a weird 6b move above a poor landing, 6 more metres of bold 6a leads to the bolt beneath the crux. Even knowing the moves it’s hard to make yourself commit to them because there are a few of them which are so insecure it would be really easy to fluff any of them and to make them work requires some speed to stop the feet rolling. After a couple of 7a moves one more 6c wild layback and lunge gives access to a rest before the final slippery e6 6c section to the belay. Pete came up and the next e6 6c pitch felt easy after the first pitch and the final one up the arête pillar a pleasure. We topped out just in time and went down with Ray to the Gallt Y Glyn ripping yarns about Dawes. It was the best day out I’ve had this year where everything went like clockwork but with plenty of potential of getting shut down with a friend I've climbed with a lot over the last 15 years.

  I spoke with Johnny many years ago about him grading it e6 7a and he said he was pissed off with getting stick about giving stuff big grades. I suppose there just weren’t many comparable routes about then. In 1987 this was a remarkable ascent which would have been at the cutting edge of adventure trad at the time. It’s worth sampling some of his routes from this era to get a feel for where he was at.



  Pete Livesey is a man my dad would talk about a great deal when I was getting into climbing. He left a big legacy in the Lake District with routes such as; Bitter Oasis, Footloose Crow, Dry Grasp and Nagasaki Grooves to name a few.   He sounded a dry humoured character and anyone wanting an insight into him can read the excellent book Fast and Free. His and Ron Fawcetts approach to climbing and the climbs themselves are things I relate to heavily, going for quality and quantity.

I’ve done a lot of his climbs over the years and they’ve always held an air of quality and often boldness, much like Whillance ones. As part of trying to finish extreme rock in the next couple of years I went to climb Jenny Wren and Deliverance in Gordale Scar. Being put up in 1974 and given a lowish grade I expected a gift for E5 and was a bit gobsmacked. Leading the first 2 in one I thought the 2nd pitch could warrant e6, giving hard 5c moves on sometimes loose rock with duff gear a long way down to your right, certainly a bigger lead than Lord of the Flies. Deliverance although giving harder (more lichenous) moves was a much easier lead. Livesey gave his climbs very minimal inspection, a precursor to the likes of Dawes, Redhead, Dixon and Haston amongst afew others.



Sophie glad not to be taking the pendulum on pitch 2 of Jenny Wren    

Livesey disparaged the bolting ‘revolution’ somewhat as it was occurring in Britain, thinking it took away the character and adventure of climbing.

   “sport climbing is simply mastering moves. I haven’t the remotest inclination to join this band of climbers nor have I anything against what they are doing.”

   I don’t know quite what he’d make of much of the climbing scene nowadays where lots of people talk about training indoors, resting, recovering and of course getting a selfie with a smile in said indoor environment #inspiring#restdaysarethebestdays?. Perhaps when the club huts ‘die out’ they’ll be bought up and made into climbing walls where one can hire a ‘mind-full performance climbing coach’ who doesn’t climb but has a background in kayaking, learning styles and training paradigms. Looking out of the windows of the huts they may sometimes ponder why anyone would climb on the cliffs, let alone the names of some of the climbs nor the history and characters behind them.

 


  Getting back to Wales from the wknd in Yorkshire I went back down to LPT where Ben Moon had made his Statement of Youth in 1984 and Jerry Moffat put up Liquid Ambar in 1990. I’m not sure if many people clocked the level of progression which occurred during this period.

Ben Moon made a super quick repeat of LA in 1993 and in 2009 my friend Pete Robins made a repeat. A week or 2 before his successful ascent we went to Yorkshire together with the idea to climb 3 classic 8a+s in a wknd, The Groove, Urgent Action and Supercool. It rained for 48 hours solid so after the groove we had to find other 8s to do. After climbing Grooved Arete at Kilnsey Pete was about to warm down by onsighting The Ashes at Kilnsey. When he got his top off I stared aghast at how thin and ripped he was even after forcing a few pints down him on our trip. Up until that year we had always been beer drinking trad ledge shufflers. He’d done a very hard Boulder problem in Parisellas cave (V13/14) just before starting on LA and he told me he had to do some fingerboarding for LA as his fingers weren’t strong enough.

  This is just setting the tone for Liqiud Ambar

Oli Grounsel getting well acquainted with the crux on Liquid Ambar       I’d been on it in 2012, quickly done it in 2, but having a tweaky shoulder on a move high up I directed attention to the less steep Meltdown. I’d love to climb this route and the Sea of Tranquility which are the 2 hard ones I have left down there. I knew this one would suit me less well than the others because there are no shakeouts to recover on at all, unlike most other routes. It’s super finger strength and core intensive, being soft 8b to a clip at 2/3rds height then with no rest the crux sequence gives a V9/10 being comparable to the Lotus and Corridors of Power in the Pass.

I got on it in mid April and in early May got high on a few goes before the weather went cold and damp which meant numbing out and getting lower. Oli Grounsel should definitely have polished it off before he went to Ireland as he only weighs 7 stone and was looking very good on it, he obviously didn’t want it enough?

   It is a tough climb to do and in 1990 this must have been one of the toughest physical testpieces out there. Fairplay to Moffat, this is an incredible climb. I’ve not been on a sport climb like it and am amazed it went from routes like Statement in 1984 to LA in 1990, only a 6 year gap where Statement went from being cutting edge to feeling like an easy warm down at the end of a session after being on LA. A remarkable increase in standards showed the training and sports climbing effects coming through. It didn’t increase much through the 90s in Britain or indeed rarely in the 00s.

  It’s not too surprising then that Ben Moon steps back into the game and climbed Rainshadow. He mentions in an interview that he is 15% weaker than in the early 90s. Watching him make the V11 crux sequence look piss on it gives a bit of an insight of how strong he was back in the 90s.

 A shit thing about hard sport projects is that you don’t do much climbing. You spend most of your time resting. Having gone trad climbing for a day doing a couple of easier angled E7s I got on LA the day after and couldn’t do 3 moves. To try it I need to have 2 rest days before hand.

   Another shit point concerning sport climbing is the power to weight effect. The difference for me between climbing 8b, 8c and 9a= 10 stone, 9.5 stone and ~9 stone. As someone with a fairly sweet tooth this is probably the worst facet of sport climbing, if you see me at a cliff this summer and I’m looking hungrily at you don’t be disturbed.

Ryan Pasquill did the fastest ascent of a 9a by a Brit in Siurana a few years ago, he did it in 3 sessions, nearly 2. He had similar specs to Ondra at the time but Ondra was still 1 stone lighter making climbing hard sport routes considerably easier. If that’s not a boring aspect of what differentiates how hard someone can climb I don’t know what is.

  I’ll try and get Liquid Ambar done sometime this summer between trad shuffling and trying not to eat cakes, I just hope I don’t need to make any sacrifices too large, like Stannis in GofT, although as I stare across at my partner I do wonder what lengths Chris Doyle would go to.

  Next up is a trip to Ireland with my friend ‘the moron’ and Ray Wood. The Moron nearly did Rainshadow earlier this year but broke his ribs pissed up riding a bike in Sheffield. He has been in a state of ‘recovery’ since so I look forward to climbing with him in Ireland. We were hoping Ben Bransby would be joining us but he’s very busy recovering from 2 weeks work he did in 2011.

 

 

 



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Doylo on June 16, 2015, 08:20:53 am
I'm starting to think I'm going to have to find a new life goal. LA is nails and for feathers. Didn't realise climbing got loads easier the lighter you are. That Steve Mcclure must be good  :-\
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: webbo on June 16, 2015, 09:02:55 am
Livesey gave his routes minimal inspection.
That has got be the biggest mis quote of the year/ century about the man who invented how to pre practice and the art of bringing a route down to your standard rather training up to how hard it is.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: slackline on June 16, 2015, 09:10:54 am
Livesey gave his routes minimal inspection.
That has got be the biggest mis quote of the year/ century about the man who invented how to pre practice and the art of bringing a route down to your standard rather training up to how hard it is.

Yet he is also credited with being one of the first to start doing dedicated training for his climbing.  :-\

Maybe the truth is somewhere in the middle.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: 36chambers on June 16, 2015, 09:30:37 am
Good read. Caffs blog has definitely been my favourite of recent. I particularly like all the sly digs he's been handing out :)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: chris_j_s on June 16, 2015, 10:21:35 am
I thought it was interesting and must have raised a few eyebrows recently in the training beta podcast when Ondra revealed that he weighs 68kg, which is well over 10.5 stone... It doesn't seem to stop him cranking out the big numbers!  ;)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: slackline on June 16, 2015, 10:24:17 am
I thought it was interesting and must have raised a few eyebrows recently in the training beta podcast when Ondra revealed that he weighs 68kg, which is well over 10.5 stone... It doesn't seem to stop him cranking out the big numbers!  ;)

Be more interesting to know his body fat percentage in conjunction with his absolute mass.
Title: Re: Spring Cleaning
Post by: Fiend on June 16, 2015, 10:51:01 am
Perhaps when the club huts ‘die out’ they’ll be bought up and made into climbing walls where one can hire a ‘mind-full performance climbing coach’ who doesn’t climb but has a background in kayaking, learning styles and training paradigms.
Snort! Top blog, we need more of this sort of stuff.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Doylo on June 16, 2015, 12:35:34 pm
The man just on sighted Supercool  :weakbench:
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: a dense loner on June 16, 2015, 12:56:12 pm
Cool.
Good blogs from Caff #leesayshi
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Falling Down on June 16, 2015, 11:54:37 pm
More please Caff.
Title: Ireland: The Mournes
Post by: comPiler on July 01, 2015, 01:00:23 pm
Ireland: The Mournes (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/ireland-the-mournes)
1 July 2015, 11:54 am

  The climber shakes out and looks ahead, feeling fairly fresh and highly confident of success.

“so you don’t use the crack right of the arête”

“No, ye git the big fat f**king pinch, swap feet and lay it on”

The climber laybacks up feeling good and grabbing the slopey fat pinch with his right hand he milks it and eyes up the distant finishing jugs, swapping feet the climber gives it everything, hitting the jugs for a second his left hand holds it..........a moment later the climber is sailing down over Divided Years. On his way down 2 questions were going through the climbers head along with various swear words:

1: Had he been sandbagged.

2. Did he deserve it.

The prow of Divided Years       I’d been looking forward to the main trip of the year for some time, partly to visit a new venue and partly because it was a good team. Ryan Pasquil and Ray Wood are akin to the George Best and James Hunt of climbing, Ryan being full of talent, drink and drugs and Ray offering the other attributes you’d associate with the pair. Ryan had broken his ribs 6 weeks prior to the trip and was uncertain he’d make it having replaced oxygen with alcohol for much of his recovery phase. He’d certainly seen better days, with a rough beard, clothes and missing a tooth he reminded me of a hobo, somewhat offset by his Arcteryx jacket. DMM were helping with the trip and there was a high probability of shit weather but I was confident of formulating an exciting report about the best pubs and cafes in the vicinity with a little bit about how hard we found the E2s when we managed to get onto dry rock.

  We all scrambled into my Almera having just enough room for Rays big bags full of hairspray. The ferry from Holyhead to Dublin takes in the brilliant view of Gogarth and arriving on the other side we drove North for 2 hours to stay at Meelbeg Cottage near Newcastle in the heart of the Mournes.

  The first morning after pulling Ray away from the wifi connection we drove the 20 minutes through the Mournes to park in the Little Carrock area before setting off walking towards the Buzzards Roost passing the Mourne Wall. I’d put my walking boots on and took the lead chuckling quietly while Ryan and Ray followed in approach shoes as I led them the most boggy way I could find to the cliff. Nearing the cliff we took in the awesome line of Divided Years, a huge ships prow which was full of in-situ kit and quickdraws. We did the classic 1st pitch of Spirit level into Plumbline before doing the classic E4 Twist of Fate.

Looking down the Plumbline       Ray Wood having switched off due to lack of talent on the drive     The venue was considerably better than I expected giving excellent climbing on high quality granite. Getting in touch with Ricky Bell that evening he offered to come up and get the in-situ kit out and was keen to get some footage. I couldn't believe our luck as the route was in a bit of a shit state and would of been a bit grim from lichen on some holds.

The next day we warmed up doing War Music whilst Ricky very kindly stripped Divided Years and put chalk on the key holds as well as divulging lots of good info. I climbed up to the key pecker where the hard climbing begins and downclimbed as Ricky recommended. Ryan did the same.

Soon after I gave it a proper go, not getting the kneebar in very well I reached something shit, started to pull out and promptly fell off. Ryan goes up next slapping through my highpoint he lays it on for a load more moves, his body was quivering with surprise and I looked on in amazement. If his body didn’t explode maybe he’d top it out? If he did blow up what would be the alcoholic % of his remnants?

The surprise eventually caught up with him and he gave the pecker a good testing. It was a fine image and if I was a marketing genius I would have got a picture with a caption "Define Masculine".

 Next go up I milked the kneebar and reaching up higher my fingers closed on a fingerjug sidepull, I was both elated at grabbing it and gutted at missing it earlier. Pulling right the hard wire placement felt fine along with the crux moves to gain the shakeout. I felt instantly recovered and knew I was in with a good chance. What followed was the best sandbag I’ve had. The hardest moves on this top section are leaving the shakeout, these felt ok and arriving at the open pinch I’d been recommended I committed to the dynamic 6c move which would be one of the hardest on the climb. Not quite hanging the jugs my right arm was decimated from the pinch and even after a rest day it felt kod.

Ricky Bell on his new route, Peactime       Me or Ryan on Divided Years       Ryan losing cards for washing up      A rest day was required and I’ve never been that keen on them but this one was truly horrible. Ryan had cooked up a big curry the night before and the gap toothed troll sat all day on my sofa bed farting. The only good bit of the day was Ryan losing cards for washing up.

 We returned after a rest day and the crack right of the fat pinch held a good hold and a static 5c move led to jugs. We both did it 1st go that day having left most of the gear from our 1st day on it. It is one of the best climbs I’ve done and it was great to do it with Ryan but looking back on this bugger I was a bit disappointed with my effort in general as it had a farcical element about it. It is also a bit of a shame it doesn’t finish with the chuck off the fat pinch as it would be a hell of a finish.

Ricky pulled out a very good lead on a knew climb with some hairy looking moves and runouts going on to create a contender for the hardest climb on the Roost, Peacetime.

  After celebrating Ryans birthday and our ascent the following day we had perfect weather and hiked up onto the ‘abundant tors’ on Sleive Binnian, joined . We did Electra, a brilliant E1, some bouldering and a rather unique E7 called We’re All Learning in the sun which offers 20 metres of burly E3 into 5 metres of gritesque technicalities. Later that day Nathan Lee did a fine lead on the bold Tolerance, whilst belaying I was eyeing up a flightpath to take in slack in the event of a fall. This area is well worth a visit, giving ace climbing with unbelievable views.

Nathan and Ryan soloing the brilliant Electra       Ryan trying to refine his hot weather grit technique on We're All Learning       With a poor forecast for Fairhead we decided to stay in the Mournes, after watching Ricky Bells brilliant short movie, In The Middle we were both inspired by the look of the Peaceline, a route of Rickys up the arête left of Divided Years.

With a poor forecast we set off walking having ditched Ray somewhere. The forecast was poor and after 30 minutes I questioned Ryan asking him what he thought. He said he was keen to give it a go and admiring his enthusiasm I made a mental note to do the thinking for both of us, later confirmed whilst playing cards under an overhang on the Roost, sheltering from the rain. We had a quick session in the Tollymore Wall that afternoon and I was interested to see how Ryan would be after treating his body like a bottle recylcling bin. I feel obliged to put in a good word for him with the female contingent in Sheffield, he didn’t look too bad at all and once he fixes his gap tooth he’ll look very similar to a member of one of those boy bands, 1 Direction etc.

 The following day was our last for climbing. We walked in and thought to warm up climbing up and down the start of Peaceline. After we both did this Ryan took off for a proper go. I’d warned him a few times with dark humour that if he fell off the crux he would gain enough velocity to knock the rest of his teeth out like seen in the old Roadrunner cartoons. The footage I’d seen of Rciky on it had made me sweat thinking about being up there. Not dicking about at the crux Ryan slapped the arête and crucifixed bundled his feet right before trying to slap into an undercut.

   Parting company with the face I was thankful we’d borrowed Oli grounsels ropes as Ryan plummeted back in, landing well. It was pretty obvious that a good landing poise was necessary to avoid being battered by the fall back into the face. I climbed back up and getting near Ryans highpoint I put in a rather inadequate wire, eyed up the big move to the arête and reversed again, not feeling like taking the all too likely plunge when fully lanked in the crucifix.

Ryan leaving the crucifix position on the amazing Peaceline       Ryan went up again and went full throttle again, dropping off I waited for the shit wire to rip and the bugger held. My last go up I’d mentally committed to hitting the arête and managed to get through, with Ryans pushiness rubbing off along with our silent agreement of me placing the gear and Ryan testing it.

Last climb of the trip, The Peaceline      We went into Newcastle for some Guinness to top the trip off. Our thoughts drifted to people who hadn’t made it out and we drank to missing friends. Calum, before he got into adventure modelling. Pete, who will never leave Parisellas cave again. Jack, who had pissed off to France with all the other softies.  Bransby, who is just plain useless. The list went on.

  Did I deserve a sandbag? What do you think.

For anyone heading out to the Mournes with Divided Years in mind I’d offer the same advice I was given for that final hard move:

“Ye git the big fat f**king pinch, swap feet and lay it on”



Big thanks to DMM for supporting the trip, especially Kat Dunbar and obviously Ricky Bell & Michelle O'Loughlin



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Wood FT on July 01, 2015, 01:09:04 pm
Now that's what I call a write up 2015
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: T_B on July 01, 2015, 01:53:17 pm
Have Vertebrate commissioned Caff's biog yet? I'd buy it!
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on July 01, 2015, 01:56:16 pm
Great stuff.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: cofe on July 01, 2015, 02:21:25 pm
Caff drives an Almera. Knew he had taste.

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Duncan campbell on July 01, 2015, 03:53:36 pm
Amazing!
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: shurt on July 01, 2015, 04:52:39 pm
Hilarious. Needs his own radio show
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fiend on July 10, 2015, 09:07:59 pm
 :2thumbsup:
Title: LUNDY
Post by: comPiler on September 16, 2015, 07:00:23 pm
LUNDY (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/lundy)
16 September 2015, 3:14 pm

         The best in the South West.

Pembroke, Gogarth and Lundy are the best UK sea cliffs I've climbed on.

Over the 3 visits I’ve had over the last 12 years many memories stand out:

>Looking down from the crux sequence on Watching the Ocean at my last runner and partner Leanne, wishing I’d put in more rather than face a fall down most of the Diamond. That Steve Findlay did the bugger without chalk shows where Hazel got her granite gecko genes.

>Struggling and cursing to clean the green mariners grass off the crux of the Fifth Ace contemplating backing off with Dan freezing on the belay but with the certainty that Littlejohn would no way back off.

>Drinking whisky in the empty lighthouse on a final night on the island with Neil Youth, Simon Tappin and a gang from Bristol with the rain and wind lashing against the windows.

>Having a pint in the Marisco tavern with Pete Hurley and looking out aghast at the ghostly apparition stumbling down the hill towards us, slow, coughing and looking more dead than alive.....it was Neil Kershaw still recovering from a rave in Swanage.





The Diamond, Lundy. Ben & Adam spying it out.          I had my first visit in 2003, driving down with Leigh McGinley and Mick Pointon from North Wales we met up with Leanne Callaghan, Wesley Hunter and Adam Wilde in Ilfracombe, bivvying there for the night before getting the ferry the next day to spend a week on Lundy. We ‘partner swapped’ most days and spent a reasonable amount of time getting lost trying to find the correct zawn we wished to climb in often hiking back up steep grass slopes.

   I was pretty taken with the Diamond at the time and can say that for technical and bold climbing it is a world class venue giving climbing which feels akin to routes like Bachar Yerian in Toulomne Meadows. Some of the bolder climbs can feel unnerving when you see a small hole where a bolt used to be, letting you know there may be trouble ahead.

  We took in lots of classics across a spectrum of difficulties including: Satans Slip, Darkpower, Indy 500, Cullinan, Ex-Cathedra, Olympica and most routes on the Diamond. Some of the things that impressed me about Lundy were: the variety of climbing, the number of Gibson routes, Steve Findlay doing Watching the Ocean without chalk and the solo ascents made by Dave Thomas. It was at this time as Nic Sellers completed the hardest climb on the island, Amygdala, being both hard and amazing looking, it unfortunately fell down recently with half the zawn.

  On the final day myself and Mick Pointon were on a belay in the Devils Limekiln to attempt a new line between the 2 existing routes, The Exorcist and the Antichrist. I’d soloed the first and the 2nd had felt quite easy but my vague memory of the new one was that it was serious. Halfway up I called down to Mick a few times as every time the ropes hit the face bits of loose rock seemed to go down and I was concerned he’d been hit. After what felt like an eternity he answered my calls and I continued to the steep grass and the top. I don’t have much desire for this type of climb nowadays as at the time I saw old age as similar to London, a place I’d prefer not to go.

Micks car broke down on the journey home and we eventually made it back to Llanberis in a RAC van.



Olympica      The 2nd trip involved one of the enigmas of British climbing, Neil Dicksen. We set off down in one of the worst vehicles I’ve owned, a small Fiat Panda I’d bought off Jim Hughes. We were overly keen on the journey down and tried to climb at Dinbren where it rained, on to Llanymynych where it also rained and on to Ilfracombe.

  The climbs prior to this trip involving Neil had a similar theme. Neil would go for a lead, take a terrifying fall and end up seconding. This trip was the start of his body catching up with his imagination and in the following years he repeated loads of the hard Lundy routes as well as adding his own, culminating in a very serious lead of Hey Gringo without its 5 bolts giving what sounds like a granite version of Indian Face, Quetzalcoatl, on the serious Black Wall.

   He always made me think about how close to your physical limit you can take it on routes where a fall on much of the climbing would be serious or terminal, possibly the best person I’ve seen at breaching this instinct led gap with Nick Wharton also coming to mind. It is a curious mindset for the more dangerous routes or indeed why people climb them at all, through ignorance, escapism, for acclaim, mental absorption, a tick, a ‘spiritual retreat’, meditation or even just to give death the middle finger when you top out. There is always a fine line between confidence/adventure and arrogance/misadventure, the person who pushed their boundaries and the person who overstepped them.

  A friend was at North Stack Wall on Gogarth a few years ago with a group of handy foreign climbers and the general theme was that they didn’t understand or desire to get on the routes. It made me laugh as John Redhead knew how to keep people from his climbs and although The Bells The Bells is an iconic route it will rarely get climbed each decade. The Black Wall on Lundy is comparable to North Stack seeing more Mariners Grass than climbers. Having minimal impact on the rock face may mean you have to risk making an impact, no pun intended Hazel. It’s worth remembering that it’s not that many years ago when most climbs were comparable with the North Stack climbs for danger, having the odd sling for gear but knowing you should never fall.      

  We didn’t do anything dramatic during the week but had a great time. On the first day after climbing Metamorphosis and Emergency Ward Ten we abbed in to Two Legged Zawn. Neil led the first pitch of Voyage of the Acolyte and I set off up behind being impressed with his lead as conditions weren’t ideal. Nic Sellers and Harry nine toes had joined us in the zawn and had set off up The Dog Bollox, a Nick White and Foster masterpiece.

  The sun beat down on us and having both attempted the 2nd pitch but without the necessary commitment we were back on the belay. I looked down forlornly to our bags which attached to the abseil rope were now wafting about submerged in the sea. The Sellers/Pennels team were having a similarly difficult time, having given up on the original plan we were a blockage to their nearest exit so they traversed leftwards into the next route beyond and I think ended up carrying on going somewhere out left. Once the sun had left the face we continued to the top, impressed with the Dave Pegg and Thomas route. The week continued in a similar vein with the youth making a bold statement by missing out any bolts found on certain pitches and me feeding him out loose if I thought he might struggle seconding. After a good last night celebrating I left him on the island and headed back to North Wales where I learned that chumming on Lundy was poor preparation for the Pedol Peris fell race with Noel Crane. Neil continued his good form when I’d left, climbing the awesome arête high in Two Legged Zawn, naming it The Penitent Man.  The main route I’d wanted to try was still there to go back for, Nick Whites and Dave Thomas’s: The Flying Dutchman.



Adam & Ben on The Dogs Bollox, Two Legged Zawn. The Penitent Man tackles the arete         Roll on 2015 and the most recent trip to Lundy. A ‘Stag week’.

The journey down included a nice variety of UK climbing. Starting on the Diamond in North Wales I blagged a lift with Bransby to the Peak and had a day out on Staff grit doing Painted Rumour and Caesarian with POD and Angeles before heading down to Pembroke with Dan Mcmanus. The highlight of Pembroke was doing a Gary Gibson classic on the outside of the Cauldron, Dreaming Again has 2 exceptional pitches with the top being a crack next to an arête and should be regarded as one of the best in Britain with good protection. We did do a new route on the Green Bridge which though it covers impressive terrain became less and less wholesome as height was gained, like many institutions.

  We managed to find the worst possible bivvy on the drive down to the ferry the night before and I received a disappointing txt off one of the organisers of the week who had decided to bale last minute. I forget the main gist of the txt, something about busy being a full time donor of something or other.

  It was a fine little crew who made it down. Adam Long had dragged Bransby along, Lee Roberts and John Orr, Wesley Hunter and the Sheffield contingent of Pete Hurley, Ryan Pasquill, Neil Kershaw and Rob Clifton all fresh from a rave in Swanage. When they were kids I used to pick Pete and Ryan up from Lancashire to do trips to the Peak and Wales and it was obvious none of us had grown up too much.

  However unhealthy I was during the stag week when contrasted to some members who had been to the rave I felt like a fad-diet-yoga-training-health-climber that you find around Sheffield. When Ryan started telling me about his 3 week training plan when he got back to Sheffield I just nodded and drifted away to Ben Eltons revelation of TTO in his book; Stark, about poisoning planet Earth. Ryans foundation before his training appeared to be built around an embodiment of TTO: Total Toxic Overload.    



Dan feeling relaxed on The Dogs Bollox         On the first day most teams headed down to the Battery, Dan and Wez headed up the Cullinan and I bouldered to warm up and watched proceedings as 2 more teams headed up in a line on the Cullinan. Later on I jumped on The Flying Dutchman keen to get the main event out of the way as my first route of the trip. It didn’t disappoint and the guidebook saying it’s one of the finest hard routes in the south west is no understatement. There are a few pegs which help show the line with good gear to back them up. It’s a better single pitch route than Dalriada and should be on any granite devotees ticklist, though I don’t think it possible for anybody shorter than say...5 foot 3 but theres a gauntlet.

  I think Adam Long would have to get the prize of the most psyched climber, doing classics all over the island with his 2nd generation grit skills coming into play and giving Bransby no respite. Widespread Ocean of Fear and Antiworlds got numerous ascents. Dan did a fine lead on The Dogs Bollocks which again received a few ascents, giving brilliant, sustained and well protected bridging. There was an awful lot of talk about trying the Penitant man from one member of the party but an effort never materialised!

  It never ceases to amaze me how many good hard climbs Gary Gibson put up in both Pembroke and Lundy. The final 2 days involved 2 of them. We climbed American Werewolf on Lundy, a brilliant and positive face climb before heading over for the Fifth Ace in Deep Zawn. Dan did a good lead on a slightly damp and dirty 1st pitch and I led the top pitch after getting over a bout of TDS on the somewhat dirty crux. I was pretty close to backing off but having seen Littlejohn in action on the Lleyn once I knew he’d of gone for it and was determined not to let Testosterone Deficiency Syndrome get the better of me. It feels a bit like a turbo version of Comes the Dervish but on granite, definitely deserving of some traffic.

  The final day me and Wez headed down to the Black cliff and did Intensive Scare before heading over to join Dan on the Battery to try The Flying Dutchman. We finished the trip by doing this again although not without a near miss of replicating Nick Whites big fall at the end of the runout near the top due to ‘being spent’.

Dan hiding on the 1st rest on The Flying Dutchman       Dan & Wez on Supernova, Deep Zawn            Later on the festivities began in the Marisco Tavern. Some of the evening is best forgotten but it did provide a name for our new route on the Green Bridge in Pembroke, Absinthe.

  The following day Adam, Ben, Ryan and Rob climbed Olympica and some of us just spectated.

Some general thoughts on this last day were:

Lundy has a ton of really great climbs.

Paul Harrison did a great job of the guidebook and I can see why he loves Lundy.

Dunne and Birkett have missed a trick as there is a lot of potential for new big lines.

Littlejohn and the clean hands gang were correct, for most routes if they are chalked deduct a grade from the guidebook one, so much easier to read and commit to.

Mariners Grass is very pretty but can be a real pain for finding holds.

Ryan should give his body to an immunology research lab.

I’ll be going back next year.





Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Three Nine on September 16, 2015, 07:47:31 pm
The guy with the paedo bald spot in that pic needs to fuckin look facts in the face and get a short haircut
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on September 16, 2015, 08:40:26 pm
I tried that but it grew back. Round the sides anyway.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Doylo on September 16, 2015, 08:53:10 pm
Leave Cadfael alone you cunt  :boxing:
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Three Nine on September 16, 2015, 09:24:09 pm
Leave Cadfael alone you cunt  :boxing:

ha another of the birthmark brigade who needs a trim ;)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Doylo on September 16, 2015, 09:25:23 pm
Predictable. I'm sure we'd all like to look like you but then again it'd be nice to have sex again one day.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Three Nine on September 16, 2015, 09:42:32 pm
there's no 'again' for me  :'(
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fiend on September 16, 2015, 10:57:41 pm
Top stuff. And the blog too. I'm quite liking strong lass's golf visor but I thought the real Gs wore it backwards and upside down...
Title: PEDRIZA
Post by: comPiler on November 17, 2015, 07:00:23 pm
PEDRIZA (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/pedriza)
17 November 2015, 6:55 pm

El Reloq (the clock), looking over Manzaneres del Real     In mid October this year I was fortunate enough to have a week in Pedriza on invite from Manuel Cordova and Jesus Garcia Frances. In the mid 90s I used to see the odd article about Pedriza but for the last decade it has fallen off the radar and I had some reservations about going there rather than the standard limestone cliffs. Some of my main concerns were that there weren’t going to be many routes, they were going to be all desperate polished slabs and that I was going to get sandbagged. These turned out to be a foolish as the place was phenomenal, having great views, everything from overhanging faces to ridiculously easy angled slabs, great bouldering, vultures and several lifetimes’ worth of climbing to do and development left to occur. Just before going out I had spoken with Johnny Dawes about the area and he had warned that some of the 6b+s were old school and desperate, these words came back to haunt me a few days later.



Dani on El Bodeguero     Having arrived in Madrid I was kindly picked up by top alpinist Manuel Cordova. Pedriza lies an hour North from the biggest city in Spain above a lovely town called Manzaneres el  Real.  We stayed in a small town nearby, Soto del Real. Each day would have a similar framework for food, we’d have toast at eight in the morning, Manu would have a small banana (3inch by 1) and a cereal bar (114Kcal) for lunch, I would have twice as much as Manu and we’d eat a main meal about ten or after at night.

    We spent the first 2 days on El Reloj (the clock) which offers vertical crimping style routes of between 20 and 30 metres in length, all of top quality, some of the best we did here were:

Codan el barbaro 6a+

El Bodeguero 6c+

Metal  Y Tan 7b

Orquidea salvaje 8a.

  On the 3rd day we went to an area which was the ‘real deal’ of slab climbing and one which I’d not experienced considering I’ve climbed a lot on granite and slate. On the Placas Principales, sector derecho  o muro superior.

    It felt like a shorter bolted version of Etive slabs. We had two more members of the team Aitor, top guy, climber, local, filmmaker and Dario who directs Desnivel which as well as being the main Spanish climbing magazine is a huge mountain bookshop in the centre of Madrid.

    Aitor recommended a route called Azul de Samarcanda a 6b+ diagonal line as a warm up!  Aitor lent me encouragement on the first 3m I managed to clip the 2nd bolt with relief and thought back to Dawes words. It had felt like an e4 6b and although I’d felt good on an 8a and 8a+ I’d done the prior day I knew I was in for a Pedriza kicking at this new and very different venue.

     The 2nd warm up Semilla Negra, 7a+ felt like a grit e6 6c. The next was Jartum, 7b+/c  which felt like an e7 6c even though the bolts were really close together!  La Llambria, 7c+/8a felt much the same in terms of lack of security and by the end of the day I felt mentally drained from the feeling of possibly falling off nearly every move all day.      Aitor looking over the Sector derecho o muro superior     Aitor suggested that they feel more secure if it is 5 degrees cooler and I mentioned I’d be keen to go somewhere with grips the next day. Later that night we headed to the Desnivel bookshop in the centre of Madrid where I wished I’d spent more time on Duolingo before dithering through a presentation. The Main Square in Madrid is a five minute walk from Desnivel and myself and Manu strolled there afterwards for a late night paella.

Elena on Vickie el Vikingo, 8a+, Pelaez de Yemas is the left hand rib         The following day we went to an area with a different style again: Risco de la Peseta. Starting on some great 30m slab pitches on the lower tier before going to an area with some great lines. I found it difficult to gauge the angle but Aitor had assured me there were holds on the climbs here as I was keen to use my upper limbs. Aitor was keen for me to try a classic 8a+ called the Pelaez de Yemas . Getting up it without slipping off felt something of a miracle and if Aitor mentions there are holds on routes I wouldn’t expect any good crimps. If anyone enjoys classic climbs on the slate such as the Medium they would do well to pay this sector a visit.

Elena on Vickie el Vikingo    Aitana on Puro Barrio with the 7a crack on the left     That night we were joined by Pedro Pons (Boreal team manager) and Nuria along with Ignaci and Sara. The last time I’d seen them was at their lovely guest house overlooking Chulilla. It had been a rather noisy last night in Chulilla and it tested my Spanish to the limit to try and palm that whole evening off onto Jordan and Nathan but I think I managed it.

   The following day involved an hours’ drive to meet up with many other climbers including Luiz Munoz, Jesus, Carlos Lagrono and Nacho Sanchez. We went to a pretty impressive limestone bouldering venue which certainly pisses over any I’ve seen in Britain. There were some strong scenes, none of which involved me. People more than 6 foot 5 were trying a font 8b dyno which did look impossible. It was great to see Pedro looking steely strong, Carlos romping up an 8b and Nacho nearly doing a rather chunky looking font 8c with the last deadpoint to a mono looking particularly hard. I would have liked to have had Dan Varian and Ned there to do some ‘team sends’.

   The following day with a much smaller team we headed to El Muro (E). This face offers yet different climbing again being a steep slab and offering climbing which feels just off vertical with some normal holds here and there. The top routes we did here were:

 Puro Barrio 6a+

  La Raya del Luis, 7a+

 La Mana de Espana, 7a crack

 La Correvuela, 8a



La Correvuela      La Correvuela was probably the best route of the trip and is like a shorter and more difficult version of The Indian Face climbing lots of Shallow Scoops but with thankfully plenty of bolts.

   Later that day Dario made the funniest comment of the trip saying how there were lots of charismatic climbers in Britain. He obviously hadn’t spent much time in Sheffield, although with improvements in stem cell therapy there is hope yet. Dario put a few short videos of some of the climbs online which Mark Reeves commented were some of the most exciting climbing videos he’d ever seen?

   The final day we had some bad weather and utilized the excellent Climb rocodromo where Manu showed me how easily he could crack out a load of 1 arm pull ups and Carlos, Alfonso and Luiz were lapping up 1,5,9s on the campus.  I gave another talk at this wall on that night and big up to these super strong guys, Jesus and crew for coming along and giving up part of their evening.  Me, Manu and Luiz went for the biggest burgers in Spain at the ‘Pirates Bar’. I’d been struggling to sleep for much of the week so that last night decided to scroll through the internet looking for the most boring reading I could find, I eventually settled on Nick Bullocks Blog and was out in seconds.

     Aitor had been our main friend/guide of the trip and he had suggested that spending a winter there would be a good idea, if the opportunity arises in a couple of years I’ll certainly endeavour to do this. We didn’t get to one of the major slabs where the brilliant looking Artherencia lies which looks as good a slab as I’ve seen. For climbing a great deal of stunning granite I can’t think of anywhere better in the world. It has a huge number of slabs, faces, corners and cracks, mainly single pitch that are well bolted with a good guidebook for the single pitch routes, unlike Yosemite. Aitor seemed to know of a huge number of stunning looking projects from 8b to 9a scattered around.

Luiz and Manu          I’d highly recommend it for anyone wanting to improve on granite, improve footwork or just go to hang out in a lovely spot with a friendly atmosphere.

Big thanks to Manu for looking after me, Jesus for sending me, Aitor for being a legend, Paulo for getting me and Manu into a posh party in Madrid, Pedro for keeping me with Boreal and everyone who came to the presentations given in the worst Spanish imaginable.

Great effort from Mcmanus and Pwiddy on the Secret Passage in Yosemite as well, it sounds a serious outing.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fiend on November 17, 2015, 08:18:42 pm
Quote
Aitor recommended a route called Azul de Samarcanda a 6b+ diagonal line as a warm up!  Aitor lent me encouragement on the first 3m I managed to clip the 2nd bolt with relief and thought back to Dawes words. It had felt like an e4 6b

Yes indeed  :punk: :2thumbsup:
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: cowboyhat on November 24, 2015, 01:49:40 pm
Good tick Pedro Pons, he has had a place in our hearts since those mid nineties Foundry comps.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Wood FT on December 01, 2015, 10:47:46 am
Jesus
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Wood FT on December 01, 2015, 01:29:23 pm
Good on Nick for turning back to help, I'd like to think I would do the same but hope to never test that theory
Title: Trad, youth & danger
Post by: comPiler on September 27, 2016, 01:00:48 am
Trad, youth & danger (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/trad-youth-danger)
26 September 2016, 8:05 pm

Sunshine, blue skies, shorts on and sat at the base of Dinas Cromlech on a Saturday in the middle of summer. Next to me sat Emma Twyford who I first started climbing with in the mid 90s in the Lakes. The cliff is one of the better ones of its type in the UK and I was surprised to see Dinas Mot on the opposite side also empty. On the boulders in the valley bottom lay most of the climbers in the Llanberis Pass.

  Climbing has certainly changed a lot over the last 20 year. I don’t know which has been the strangest occurrence although rumour of Dave Macleod losing loads of weight living on cheesecake and butter is certainly up there. Training for climbing and trying one project has in many circles become more popular than the actual activity along with moaning about minor injuries.

  Earlier in the year there was some debate about wether the UK had any world class routes and I thought it was ludicrous. The UK has tons and it’s often the history, character and landscapes of the routes which make them so special.

​           On this day at the Cromlech we’d just done Lord of the Flies, once at the limit of my ambitions it had become the rest day outing and having done considerably more climbing worldwide since first climbing it in the 90s I can say it’s exceptional. Admittedly most of the routes here are much smaller than those found on the ‘great cliffs’ of the world but for their size, enjoyment and variety I can’t think of anywhere better, nor indeed of as good a climbing scene.

 There are climbs which rival those found on el cap, Longhope direct is the UKs version of Salathe wall, Etive slabs, Shelterstone and Dubh Loch could be some of the smaller cliffs in Yosemite valley. Gogarth and Pembroke offer as good a sea cliff adventures as to be found anywhere in the world.

   Climbing has given me a huge amount, the majority of my best experiences have involved it in some way or other and the majority of the climbing I do and have done is trad climbing. Seeing the fairly empty cliffs quite often I do wonder if it’s something of a ‘dying out’ element of climbing. I think this would be somewhat sad and would highly recommend anyone who has given it any thought to give it a go. If I could give every keen youth from a less affluent background the skills, equipment and opportunity to go out and do some classic trad climbs I would do so. I’ve done a lot of both sport and trad climbing over the years and the easiest classic trad routes I’ve done still mean a lot more to me than the hardest sport routes I’ve done although an ascent of Little Chamonix is unlikely to get you much acclaim. A good thing about the easy trad routes is that you can enjoy them again and again.

​      Ryan Pasquil, the super ned beneath The Great Escape       A trip to Arran in May was destined to be the main trip of the year with John Dunnes route The Great escape being the goal. The plan was set with Ryan Pasquill, Ben, Dan Mcmanus, Dan Varian, Adam Long and Ray wood when a last minuter invited himself on the trip. I was very nervous about the stowaway as first impressions were of one of those highly spoiled, cham trustafarian types who often deserve a smack in the face until proven otherwise. When he mentioned he was keen for the guide scheme my suspicions deepened as the main test for this scheme is to measure the size of your ego to check if it’s of equivalent size to a sperm whale. But... Tom Livingstone ended up being not too bad.

The trip was a general success but as me and Ryan did the Great Escape on the first day through a mixture of celebrations and the weather our performance on the trip was a line graph going downwards.

​      Looking down the Glen Rosa valley with Ryan high on Sleeping Crack    The Great Escape itself was an incredible route, Chir Mor and Sleeping crack offered brilliant climbing and views back down the Glen Rosa valley with the mound of Ailsa Craig prominent in the distance. Chir Mhor and the nearby area had a lot of potential for new routes. We just did the one, a new E7 right of Sleeping Crack which involved a leap for a huge chickenhead and a wiggy couple of slab moves to leave it. I’ve only just named it, Chickenhead Spread. The naming of the routes is often more fun than the climbs themselves.

Bransby pulled a big block off on the first day taking the biggest lob, Varian put up a new and good looking v12 and as usual Ryan drank more than anyone else.

​      Dan having flopped onto the top of Combined Energy     I’ve rarely been into new routing as I enjoy doing the existing ones. This year has been quite different. On the commute back from Manchester to North Wales I listened to the radio about 2 black holes colliding and scientists measuring the gravitational waves from it. Something struck a chord and the resulting route Gravity Wave is actually a great route which Emma made an exceptional ascent of as setting off on a route graded harder than e7 without pre inspection is still a rarity in UK climbing and which normally happens on the usual bunch of climbs which are ‘sporty’ in nature or have 100 online videos choreographing every move.

Since then I’ve been looking at many of the bits of rock I was curious about for years with a clear intention of trying to climb them and I’ve been looking at North Wales and some other areas in a different light. It’s yielded about 14 new climbs this year with hardly having to look very far for them.

  The Pass, Tremadog, Ogwen, Pembroke and particularly Gogarth which has given 4 very good hard routes ranging from the perfectly protected Divided Britain to the very adventurous Combined Energy. The last one being of particularly high quality which was found on a trip to Gogarth after a fight up a George smith e6 called Fishura, a sizable roof crack with chimneying contortions, flopping onto the top I had scars over my back and felt I’d spent a week with a s and m dominatrix. I set up the belay, drank from my flask and grinned at how little fun calum would have seconding it. I looked at a quartz jug at the apex of the arch and thought about how wild a lip traverse to gain it would be if it was possible, the overhanging groove above looked like it could be a total shitfest or amazing.

  A few days later on a Wednesday night me and dan mcmanus went and tried it. We each gave it a lead attempt and got to the quartz jug at the apex of the arch. The usual scenes of getting pumped, damp rock and gear ripping were involved. We gave up as it got late and I headed off to work in Manchester. All day in work on the Friday I was thinking about it wondering if the groove at the top was doable. That evening I met up with dan in bangor and we shot to the cliff near porth dafarch. I went up first and gaining the quartz jug I tussled up to the crux in the groove above which keeps you on your toes to the end. Dan did it first go as well having a similar tussle with the final overhanging groove. The name helping to consummate our relationship!

   On the drive back across Anglesey one of the best finishes to climbing at gogarth is the panoramic view of the mountains with crib goch often standing out.  We went for celebration drinks at the heights still chatting shit about the climb. It was the best of the new ones covering unlikely ground and feeling adventurous. I haven’t been able to get enough of Gogarth this year in terms of a place to hang out on an evening as well as the varied climbs to be found there.



The rather damp new route, Eve Mc Dangermouse. Gogarth        Eve on 7 Types of Angularity       The last new route at Gogarth was climbed with Eve Lancashire, a black groove which looked like it could have been tough but with a sinker right where you needed it to give a fun short E5 which we named Eve McDangermouse. It’s been good to climb with Eve Lancashire who with sister Gwen give the strongest trad climbing sisters the UK has ever seen and it’s been refreshing climbing with someone who is keener on climbing than training. It’s worth remembering that many of the UKs top sport climbers very rarely climb above E5 without use of a top rope and if they do it normally involves a cameraman to capture the rarity so being able to onsight E5/6 on a variety of different rock types is a bigger deal than the modern media often makes out. I’ve found it interesting that recently people have been taking the ‘sport grade’ of a trad route as everything whereas there are lots of trad routes which are French 7a that are considerably harder leads than trad routes which are 8a or harder but have good gear. Precariousness, blind moves, lichen, loose rock and danger all play a big part amongst many other factors.

 Going back to Eve Lancashire.

  Eve is a brilliant and exceptional trad climber but also possibly the most dangerous climber I’ve climbed with. It’s tricky to know exactly where to start, lobbing off the top of Rare Lichen having missed out the best RP to protect that section was quite ‘out there’ and not wearing a helmet on Swanage due to having a truly shit role model nearby. But, perhaps Catatonia gives the best example. We arrived at gogarth late and somewhat cloudy and damp we get on an E5 called Catatonia after doing a classic E6 called Sea Witch. I lead the first 6a pitch and she seconds in her pink crocks.

​      Eve going in for Sea Witch        Eve in those bloody crocks    ​“Good effort Eve, you can get your rock shoes on for the next 5c pitch as your leading”

  “No, I’m wearing these”

“I’d get your boots on”

“James Mcbullshit I’m wearing these”

  I stared at her incredulously, kind of liking her attitude even if I was getting ripped into by some kind of super mouse for offering sage advice. She duly led the pitch fine and I was impressed and unnerved by the show. I presumed she was just bored and I can empathise with that having spent time with the likes of Calum, Hazel and Doylo.

   Of danger in climbing I could write a good few essays. When I was younger I used to seek out the serious routes which had a big history and reputation and I was after pushing myself into desperation to see what I could do when right at the edge. I had a set of other principles which were also on the less healthy side, those ones I will take to the grave. The younger I was the more dangerous the moments were. Dave Kells asked once if I ever thought I was going to die and I was shocked he’d asked as I think I was into treble figures by that point.

   I still remember the closest time though. I’d been climbing a year or 2. I set off walking down Borrowdale in October as an angry 16 year old with the intent to solo Greatend Corner on Greatend crag. I remember feeling highly dislocated from ‘normal’ society, a sentiment I imagine some people can empathise with in the current climate where racism, lying and bullying are traits that will carry some bastards far.

   The climb was dirty and wet and I soon got pushed leftwards, after nearly falling 3 times I arrived cold and a bit strained on the ledge beneath the top pitch of Banzai Pipeline. That was too wet and I knew I was properly stuffed. I set off upwards into unknown ground picking a line of weakness, pumped, struggling, slapping and trying as hard as I could I was still unfortunately parting company with the rock when the ‘breeze’ pushed me back in where by some good grace a good hold came in reach and the top soon after. I’m in no way religious but the moment would certainly have given Dawkins pause for thought. Having been back since I’ve never quite worked out where the hell I went but it was right at the limit of my ability at that point, probably beyond it. There were other moments where the wind played a part in avoiding disaster but never quite as near the edge, even from 1000s of solos in the Lakes and Wales. There was a moment when Emma Twyford was younger on Greatend crag when it appeared a breeze also saved her.

So, Eve I’d like you to receive some more sage advice from a fellow climber who can be dangerous, and I’d like any person who climbs with you to tell you the same;

 wear your helmet, get in
loads of gear (it’s good for getting you fit), consolidate through the classics of the grades, stick knots in the end of your ab rope and use a prussock, concentrate when your climbing- especially on not pulling holds off. If your thinking about Indian Face do The Medium, Ambassador and even Face Mecca beforehand as stepping stones. Meet your partners on time and put your rock shoes on for E5s.  The last critical point of safety is to remember to never, ever nick my shades. I wouldn’t give this advice to people I didn’t like. If Farage and Trump got into climbing Id get them on Indian Face as soon as possible, I’d bring my popcorn and offer to belay with a big Cheshire cat smile on my face “it’s this way gents”, but I’m not one to fantasize.      Looking down the poky Run of the Arrow to sophie       On a different note is the Extreme Rock book. I think there is potential to finish off the ones I’ve not done by the end of next year although it would require a concerted effort and luck with the weather and finding a way through the odd pitch which has fallen down such as the 3rd pitch on Cougar. I have an appointment with Neil Foster to do the last one I have left in Wales. The majority of the routes I’ve done so far have been exceptional.

  The last one on a recent trip to Scotland made me think about the history of the climb and was more testing than I would have expected, no offence to Murdo. Setting off on the main pitch on Run of the Arrow I had my trainers on my harness and was expecting a quick run up a classic e6, not quite as cocky as it sounds as I’ve done a few 100 of this grade and normally get up them first go although I’ve found an easy way of finding fear is to set off on them when very tired or hungover.

Dinwoodie had onsighted to the high flake on it on a 1st ascent effort and then managed to scrape in a wire somehow and make an epic retreat. Later on Pete Whillance abseiled the climb and then did it.

 My guidebook said many wires in the cracks on the face, I got 2 ok RPs next to each other which and the sequence above felt E6 leading to easier climbing and the end of the good feet. I did ponder for a few minutes there. I knew Pete Whillance would have had a fag where I was and carry on regardless of facing a fall which I thought you’d be very luck to survive. I was pretty impressed Dinwoodie had got to this point without knowing anything about the level of climbing or gear he faced which must have been one of the pushiest efforts of the time.

I eventually climbed higher to get in an RP and reversed back to make the grim move to get gear in the lower bit of the flake where I didn’t actually get anything useful in. I extended the top RP miles to stop it coming out with rope drag and eventually committed to the 6b moves up left. I spoke with Tony Stone later who said I’d missed some key sideways stopper but either way I didn’t clock it and as a lead without the bashed in wires it felt more dangerous than many E7s I’d done, quite like the routes found on north stack. Dan Vajzovic got off lightly as he was close to getting guided up it the week before but his boots looked a bit too crap.

​      Dan beneath the Devils Blade with the Devils Kitchen in the distance       I didn’t manage to get out and reccy the Welsh 100 until August. I had a day out which was the first time on that style in half a year and I actually felt the best I’d been for more than a decade moving fast and confidently over 15 to 20 routes it felt like what I had in mind would be possible. I booked off the 6th September as annual leave for it which was my only window due to work but the weather was shit so June next year will be the next opportunity. I’d like to do it as homage to many of the classic routes in the area and particularly Joe Brown who did the first ascent of many of the climbs which I have on my list.

Whilst reccying the route I’d take from Rampart corner to the cromlech I did find a gem at the opposite end of the climbing spectrum. A new highball arête. I must have walked near the thing a hundred times on MLs but I looked at it with a modern eye and knew if the high pockets were ok it would be climbable. I’m not generally the keenest boulderer but I do love arêtes and it rekindled a desire for bouldering I’d not had since climbing Careless Torque a few times in 2010 when I worked out a short person sequence on careless torque for the start and the finish and me and bransby did it within 5 minutes of each other with Ron Fawcett giving us the thumbs up down in Hathersage afterwards. One of the better days I’ve had on the grit was repeating it again after doing Unfamiliar and finishing on the arêtes above.  Although not quite as striking a line as Careless it is up there with it in terms of quality climbing and is a great spot to hang out. The Devils Blade. It’s possibly a bit harder than Careless as well.

​      Knife Life on the side of Sub Cneifion with Mcmanus and Heslden        Finishing on a highball is appropriate as my next trip will be the person I most associate with nails ones, Dan Varian. In October we are hoping to visit Skye Wall and Sron Ulladale but the weather will inevitably dictate the play. The face I cleaned up on Cloggy in early July is looking like it will have to be a rite of spring.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fiend on September 27, 2016, 10:20:09 am
Great stuff  :2thumbsup:
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Duma on September 27, 2016, 10:28:21 am
Quote
“James Mcbullshit I’m wearing these”

 ;D ;D ;D :lol: :lol: :lol:
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fiend on September 27, 2016, 01:18:12 pm
That especially  ;D
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: DAVETHOMAS90 on September 27, 2016, 02:50:43 pm
Such a great blog  :2thumbsup:


Have just about worked out not to Wad comPiler.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: lagerstarfish on September 27, 2016, 08:48:13 pm
Quote
rumour of Dave Macleod losing loads of weight living on cheesecake and butter

I find myself giggling at the idea of D Mac making his equivalent of the "fish and a rice cake" video, but saying "cheesecake and butter" in various combinations
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Mark Lloyd on September 30, 2016, 02:48:23 pm
The face I cleaned up on Cloggy in early July is looking like it will have to be a rite of spring.

Is that Redheads version of Masters Wall , or is there to many memories there ?
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: petejh on October 06, 2016, 08:54:16 pm
Quote
It’s worth remembering that many of the UKs top sport climbers very rarely climb above E5 without use of a top rope and if they do it normally involves a cameraman to capture the rarity so being able to onsight E5/6 on a variety of different rock types is a bigger deal than the modern media often makes out.


That point strikes me as a bit stereotypical of those who find it difficult remembering that being strong physically doesn’t equate to being adept on physically easier but bold climbing - or even on climbs with any perceived risk greater than a typical sport climb.
Likewise having great technique or being good at bold climbing doesn’t equate to being strong on extremely physical terrain - witness Caff getting shut down after >20 sessions by a pure PE route in Liquid Ambar :P . Comparing hard sport to any trad is comparing apples to pears. (I also recall Caff saying he struggled to second a grade IX mixed route saying it felt nails... but that doesn't mean someone who climbs grade IX can cruise up hundreds of E7s - I know enough grade IX climbers who struggle on E4s.)

I get that he’s trying to point out that some trad routes' seriousness, tricky-to-read nature or dirtiness are enough to shut down a lot of sport climbers who climb hard sport routes. But that isn't news is it? Sport isn’t trad and trad isn’t sport. You don’t hear many people pointing out that ‘few of the UKs top boulderers who climb font 8B even climb E6/f8a/(or mixed VIII!)… clearly it isn’t relevant and each to their own (style of climbing).

Implying that media attention overlooks onsighting E5s/6s in favour of sport climbers redpointing 8c - maybe Caff's right. But unless it's a teenager (or a woman  :worms:) then neither achievements are really regarded as significant anymore are they? Looking at it in terms of significance - how many Brits are climbing 9a or 9a+, versus are climbing E10/11 - I’d guess around a similar number (with some crossover). With each given similar media coverage from what I can tell… although I don’t follow any social media.

If he's trying to imply (as it seems) that up to a certain level, around trad E5/6 and sport low-mid 8s, one type of climbing is 'harder' than another - i.e. climbers who can onsight E6 and also redpoint mid 8s are more of a rarity than climbers who can redpoint mid 8s but not onsight E6 - again that's probably correct. Some of that discrepency I'd expect comes from the wider skillset and slightly higher barriers to progression required of trad - time being the major one. It's the same with mixed/alpine - it isn't *really* any harder it's just the barriers to entry/progression are higher, so far fewer do it.
And so what if one's 'harder'? Those levels (E6/ mid 8s) aren't really 'significant' in the scheme of things - all climbing up to around 8c+ and E10 is an amateur level isn't it: demonstrably achievable by any sufficiently motivated person with full use of their limbs, while working in a 'proper' full-time job.

And if that point above *is* worth remembering then - taking ‘UK’s top trad climbers’ to mean =>E9 - it should also be worth remembering that many of the UK’s top trad climbers rarely climb above 8b..

edit: good blog btw!
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on October 07, 2016, 01:06:38 pm
Quote
That point strikes me as a bit stereotypical of those who find it difficult remembering that being strong physically doesn’t equate to being adept on physically easier but bold climbing - or even on climbs with any perceived risk greater than a typical sport climb.

Hmm. I don't think that is what he's saying. I think there's a perception that because E6 was being onsighted back when 8a+ was really hard, that now everyone has climbed 8c onsighting E6 would be trivial (if only anyone were bothered, which they aren't, cos sport is so hip right now).

Whereas the facts are that onsighting E6 is still a level few achieve with any regularity. Why?

We were discussing it last night on the way back from Rhoscolyn. I think trad performance is a lot less responsive to training as sport. Sure, if you've got a solid trad pedigree a bit of stamina will soon up your grade. But you do need to put in the groundwork. The onsight is also a lot easier to balls up or simply avoid than the eventual redpoint of an 8c (unless it's in a day, we never hear much about how long the siege took). My other theory is that back when trad was the only game in town there was a lot more beta floating around (I'm sure some UKBers like Shark, Neil F etc might have an insight?).

A few times recently we've been on a hard trad with just a guidebook description, only discovering later that they might well not have been repeated since a first ascent 30 years ago, very much not onsight. Above E5, this is not unusual anywhere slightly off the beaten track. A mate termed this as climbing 'blindsight', which I've always liked. A little beta goes a hell of a long way in this situation, even just knowing someone else has done it (and how good you think they are relative to yourself).

PS Not really talking about grit, obvs.

PS if you bear in mind Caff's winter cv before seconding Cracking up I think it makes getting up it at all fucking impressive!
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: T_B on October 07, 2016, 01:52:38 pm
Whereas the facts are that onsighting E6 is still a level few achieve with any regularity. Why?


Cos as he says, it's apples n pears. One theory could be that in society today younger climbers have less time? It's easier to train for sport climbing indoors with short chunks of time, than to serve a trad apprenticeship? You only need half a day to climb 8c, you need whole weekends away to be on-sighting E6s.

Not sure I agree more beta was around back in the day? I reckon it's always been the case that at E6 and above there are a small number of routes that get done. That's what makes Caff's on-sight CV so impressive, he's gone and done all the routes that never get done!
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: andy popp on October 07, 2016, 02:12:04 pm
Not sure I agree more beta was around back in the day?

I'm pretty sure there wasn't. Sure, there were times someone would repeat something and then there would be a flurry of further repeats whilst it was chalked - something like Midsummer's would be a good example of a route that would happen to. But other than that there was only word-of-mouth whereas now there is word-of-mouth plus huge repositories of hugely accessible information. More than that word of mouth had to be literally face-to-face. There were plenty of times I went on something with absolutely no knowledge.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: T_B on October 07, 2016, 02:24:10 pm
Yeah just seeing that a route has been logged on a UKC logbook is very helpful. A few additional comments can be immeasurably valuable for your 'on-sight'  ;)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on October 07, 2016, 03:22:54 pm
All true, although these huge repositories tend to dry up when they'd be most useful. A couple of routes we did recently, despite a photo topo in a modern select guide the crag wasn't even on UKC. I then got an email from the definitive guide author asking for info.

For a good few routes in the peak all UKC has been good for is to tell me the route had 'a flurry of repeats' in the early nineties, and none since. I still suspect they may have been better informed...
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: T_B on October 07, 2016, 03:30:45 pm
Depends how much time you trawl around on social media I guess, but even with me not being on FB I 'noticed' that some of the routes on N Stack has been brushed up recently. I suspect anyone in the frame would be getting their ar*e over there right now in perfect temps :-\
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on October 07, 2016, 03:33:52 pm
Hmm, missed that one completely. I must have the wrong friends.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: cowboyhat on October 07, 2016, 03:47:48 pm
Quote
It’s worth remembering that many of the UKs top sport climbers very rarely climb above E5 without use of a top rope and if they do it normally involves a cameraman to capture the rarity so being able to onsight E5/6 on a variety of different rock types is a bigger deal than the modern media often makes out.

I'm glad this has come up, something about that comment annoyed me. Of course that is Caffs raison d'etre.

I just thought, how does he know what anyone is doing? And of course I then wondered exactly who the dig is aimed at? or is this ire just the media, the sponsors, British climbings existential question.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: cowboyhat on October 07, 2016, 03:48:58 pm
yeah obviously that isn't supposed to be a quote.


I'm glad this has come up, something about that comment annoyed me. Of course that is Caffs raison d'etre.

I just thought, how does he know what anyone is doing? And of course I then wondered exactly who the dig is aimed at? or is this ire just the media, the sponsors, British climbings existential question.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Stu Littlefair on October 07, 2016, 04:34:30 pm
I think Caff's totally right, and from my perspective as a sport weeny who underperforms at trad the reason is training.

5-10 years ago there was hardly anyone climbing 8c and above. Now there are tons, and the difference is training. In the 90s it was all grit and bouldering and no-one bothered to train stamina. Now it's in fashion and sport grades have rocketed.

But being good at trad requires steadiness and experience; you've got to be able to spot the funky placements, and make judgements and relax in gnarly positions. No amount of aerocap can get you those skills. Sure, fitness helps but to be good at trad you've got to spend a lot of time trad climbing and most modern climbers don't.

As a result, if you measure impressiveness by the number of people doing it on a regular basis, then regularly on sighting E6 is equivalent to 8c+ redpoints in my book. But cooler.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Johnny Brown on October 07, 2016, 04:52:59 pm
How cool is it to be really good on a LatticeboardTM?
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: hstmoore on October 07, 2016, 05:02:57 pm
, then regularly on sighting E6 is equivalent to 8c+ redpoints in my book. But cooler.

Trad is to sport climbing what skateboarding is to rollerblading. You can do bigger flips and tricks on a pair of rollerblades but skateboarding will always be cooler.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: moose on October 07, 2016, 05:03:25 pm
I think Caff's totally right, and from my perspective as a sport weeny who underperforms at trad the reason is training.

5-10 years ago there was hardly anyone climbing 8c and above. Now there are tons, and the difference is training. In the 90s it was all grit and bouldering and no-one bothered to train stamina. Now it's in fashion and sport grades have rocketed.

I suspect the more weather-proof nature of sport helps too.  I gave up on trad mainly due to the frustration of losing entire weeks worth of climbing holidays to rain.  It was similar when I lived in the North East but used to mainly grit boulder - weekend after weeked of driving long distances to look dolefully at damp rocks. 

Since starting sport climbing, it's been incredibly unusual to lose a planned day's climbing, say from March to October, to the weather (living around 30-35 mins from Malham and Kilnsey helps admittedly).  Holidays are now spent climbing 14 days out of 15 somewhere sunny, rather than mooching around cafes / outdoor shops in Llanberis or Kendal waiting for the rain to stop.  Sport climbing is just such an available and reliable medium - which surely has to help with pushing standards and encouraging the cultivation of ambitious goals.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: user deactivated on October 07, 2016, 06:29:27 pm
Onsighting the odd e5 is way easier than battering 8a into submission but regularly onsighting e6 on a variety of different rock types - there can't be many people doing that in the uk? It's like a different 'sport'
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: cowboyhat on October 07, 2016, 06:42:22 pm
, then regularly on sighting E6 is equivalent to 8c+ redpoints in my book. But cooler.

Trad is to sport climbing what skateboarding is to rollerblading. You can do bigger flips and tricks on a pair of rollerblades but skateboarding will always be cooler.

Thats a terrible analogy. Maybe more like skating vert and street.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: 36chambers on October 07, 2016, 08:36:42 pm
, then regularly on sighting E6 is equivalent to 8c+ redpoints in my book. But cooler.

Trad is to sport climbing what skateboarding is to rollerblading. You can do bigger flips and tricks on a pair of rollerblades but skateboarding will always be cooler.

Thats a terrible analogy. Maybe more like skating vert and street.

I'd say it's like comparing someone skateboarding barefooted to someone skateboarding with shoes. The barefooted guy would get more kudos for being more gnarly as the risk is greater, but ultimately the shit he does isn't half as hard as what the other guy does.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Footwork on October 07, 2016, 09:01:27 pm
(http://i68.tinypic.com/25pr32p.jpg)
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Wood FT on October 07, 2016, 11:04:48 pm
, then regularly on sighting E6 is equivalent to 8c+ redpoints in my book. But cooler.

Trad is to sport climbing what skateboarding is to rollerblading. You can do bigger flips and tricks on a pair of rollerblades but skateboarding will always be cooler.

Thats a terrible analogy. Maybe more like skating vert and street.

+1, get out of the skatepark
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Doylo on October 08, 2016, 12:14:36 am
It's not that complicated. Less people are having a trad apprenticeship now as they're distracted with sport and bouldering, indoor walls and all this training business
.
.

As a result, if you measure impressiveness by the number of people doing it on a regular basis, then regularly on sighting E6 is equivalent to 8c+ redpoints in my book. But cooler.


That's because you've climbed 9a but are relatively crap at trad. The numbers are down because of the reasons I stated above not because it's the equivalent of climbing 8c+. For someone who's good at trad like Pete Robins onsighting e6 is a rest day whereas climbing 8c+ is a summers worth of stress and effort (and earache off his wife).
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Luke Owens on October 08, 2016, 12:54:28 am
(and earache off his wife).

 ;D
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Stu Littlefair on October 08, 2016, 10:48:52 am
It's not that complicated. Less people are having a trad apprenticeship now as they're distracted with sport and bouldering, indoor walls and all this training business
.
.

As a result, if you measure impressiveness by the number of people doing it on a regular basis, then regularly on sighting E6 is equivalent to 8c+ redpoints in my book. But cooler.


That's because you've climbed 9a but are relatively crap at trad. The numbers are down because of the reasons I stated above not because it's the equivalent of climbing 8c+. For someone who's good at trad like Pete Robins onsighting e6 is a rest day whereas climbing 8c+ is a summers worth of stress and effort (and earache off his wife).

You misunderstand I think. Sure, climbing a single E6 may be a gentle day out for Pete, but to be able to go out and have a fair chance of onsighting any E6 requires a level of skill that very few have.

Whether that's due to a lack of practice or the innate difficulty of acquiring that skill is a different, but interesting question.


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Fultonius on October 08, 2016, 11:11:42 am
In my experience Doylo's on the money - the current route into climbing tends to push more towards bouldering and sport. You see plenty of people who get to Fr8a or 7C within 2 - 3 years of starting these days (which would be unheard of 20 years ago, no?).

Whereas you don't see them jumping straight on E5s in 3 years. Especially not consistently onsighting E5 on different rock types and styles. Unless you're particularly gifted, it just takes a quite a lot of time and mileage to learn the skills of trad.

I wonder how the current results would compare to "back in the day" if you compared E5 trad leaders' sport redpoint grade.  i.e. would an E5 climber from the 90's have F7b "fitness"   whereas now they'd maybe have Fr7c-8a fitness?   Who knows.

My own story is maybe representative of the newer trend:

2001 Started climbing indoors
2002 first VS, ~6c (indoors)
2003 First E1 (sketchy!)
2004 Some more E1s, Fr7a+ Outside
2005 More E1s...Fr7b+
2006 First E2 then First E3 late on that year
2007 First Font 7A - l'oblique in roche aux sabots!  Mainly E1/E2 but scraped up an E3 at the end of the year which now gets E4. Lots of trad mileage that year, first Pabbay /Mingulay trip
2008 Started taking trad falls!  E4 second go.  More mileage on different rock types, climbed in norway. Still ticking off more 7A/+ boulders locally, first 7B at Dumby.  Did an E5 5c - tried to flash it after seeing it on abseil, then had for TRs, then climbed it.
2009 sport fitness still around the Fr7b mark...but 2006 - 2009 I didn't do a lot of sport. Big trip - 1 week on Mingulay, 3 in Lofoten, then 3 in Squamish. First multipitch 5.11b - freeway lite.  Looking back this felt like a bit of a breakthrough year. After the trip I did my first, super-sketchy and not in control E5 6b  (the E5 bit is not the the 6b bit), then got up my forst F7c+ sport route - so still quite a differential between RP grade and trad grade.
2010 car crash, destroyed my PCL/LCL/PFL in right knee.
2011 focussed on sport to get back into climbing, did my first Fr8a (albeit Scotland's softest...)  back to E3 ish.
2012 to 2015 - living the life of a Cham Trustafarian, climbing with aspirant guides etc....   sport grade plateaued at steady Fr7c due to lack of training/effort. Lots of trad/alpine  climbing - lots of improvement in technique and confidence.
2016 7 x E5s at fairhead/gogarth/slate/glencoe, one E6 quick headpoint and a Fr7c+. 

God that's a lot of detail to make a simple point haha....trad takes time and persistence to get better at; and even when your "objective fitness" doesn't change your trad abilities can keep improving.

I do reckon upping my sport onsight to Fr7b+ would make E6 onsight a lot easier...
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: petejh on October 08, 2016, 11:27:08 am
It's not that complicated. Less people are having a trad apprenticeship now as they're distracted with sport and bouldering, indoor walls and all this training business
.
.

As a result, if you measure impressiveness by the number of people doing it on a regular basis, then regularly on sighting E6 is equivalent to 8c+ redpoints in my book. But cooler.


That's because you've climbed 9a but are relatively crap at trad. The numbers are down because of the reasons I stated above not because it's the equivalent of climbing 8c+. For someone who's good at trad like Pete Robins onsighting e6 is a rest day whereas climbing 8c+ is a summers worth of stress and effort (and earache off his wife).


Exactly this. It isn't complicated, you get good at what you do. There's no magic to being good at trad; or at sport, bouldering, alpine, mixed climbing etc. It's just time spent doing it.

My apprenticeship between roughly age 19-25 was probably similar to lots of others in the 90s/early noughties. Climbing 51% of the S, HS, VS, HVS, E1s, E2s and E3s in the N.Wales select guide (just counted - 212 out of 413 routes), all of them onsight except for 4 routes (pincushion, valour and tensor - all at trem!; and plumbline).
I didn't climb a sport route until I'd been climbing for around 4 years and I remember walking under LPT in my early twenties believing that grade 7s seemed an exotic world of advanced climbing and 8s a different planet (or Moon) entirely - one that I'd surely never visit.
Then I got into sport and got better at that. With having had a trad apprenticeship it wasn't hard to keep going with that as well and still progress with it, although more slowly.
It's so different now. People can easily go straight to sport climbing outdoors and onto 7s in their first year because there's a good choice of 5s and 6s to progress through, the climbs are a known quantity and are generally well bolted (you're welcome).The trad is still there for those who want to go tradding; the ones who want 'adventureTM' still can - and now with the added boost of having easily-acquired sport fitness; and the ones who want an easy/quick option now can in most parts of the country, even Scotland (soon NI hopefully). The ones who want to willy wave about what they climb still can and do.

For most people time is in limited supply as they age, but also it seems youth today are more economically pressured than when I was 20. Everyone now has the option of sport, so they don't *have* to go tradding if they want to climb. It doesn't surprise me that lots of people opt for the time-limited 'easy' option - that's people, path of least resistance generally.

I don't get the impression trad is dying off - the level has risen and it seems like loads of people are still going out every weekend serving apprenticeship on E1s and above, rather than VS and above which was the norm 20 years ago.

It seems to me the people who get good at onsighting trad these days usually to be either young people with testosterone to burn trying to prove/establish themselves in some way; broke people with lots of time living close to good trad - i.e. students; people from privileged backgrounds with resources to travel lots and not work; or middle-aged 'live to climb' lifestylers (most with financial safety nets). Caff's a bit of an anomaly. And to continue tradding at a high level you probably need to choose to live very close to good trad ahead of choosing to live where decent work or a relationship might take you. Few people are prepared to make that sacrifice long term.   


Quote from: stulittlefair
As a result, if you measure impressiveness by the number of people doing it on a regular basis, then regularly on sighting E6 is equivalent to 8c+ redpoints in my book

I think (?) I know what you're trying to say, that in terms of number of people doing E6 os or 8c+ rp the numbers are similar? Because no way are they anywhere near comparable in terms of difficulty for a climber who regularly climbs both grade 8 sport and E5 trad.
If the numbers *are* close (which I doubt) than it'd just be because of circumstances and fashion than inherent difficulty. But I doubt that the numbers are even close. I reckon loads more people are onsighting E6 than rp'ing 8c+ - it isn't *that* rare despite what Caff's blog implies. I'd be surprised if the ratio of E6 onsights to 8c+ rp's per year is any closer than 10:1. Relatively few people are climbing 8c+ in the UK - and how many 8c+s has Caff redpointed this year (and previous years) compared to E6 onsights?

Trad is ace but I don't think it's any cooler or less cool than sport. A great trad route is great and a poor one is poor. There are far too many trad routes that are poor climbs; crap eliminates; and compromises littered with rusty fixed gear for trad to be blanket 'cool'. Just as there are crap, average and great sport routes.
The moves on Liquid Ambar or The Brute! But Rainbow of recalcitrance is an amazing visual feature. Apples to oranges. Nothing's cooler to me than the climbing on a good steep mixed route though.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Doylo on October 08, 2016, 09:06:38 pm
Agree with Pete. All I know is during my last Tradding stage I was onsighting E6s on different rock types and it took a further 12 years to climb 8c (although I probably should have left Wales and got on Bat Route  :tease:). The routes i did ranged from runout 6c to well protected 7b I.e more than achievable for a proper tradder who's got a bit of stamina. It's not that hard you just need to do it regularly and work your way up (like anything).
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: Tommy on October 09, 2016, 12:04:47 am
I agree - I'd onsighted E6 way before mid 8s sport climbs and I still think they're (bolts) way harder to do. It's just a matter of what's in vogue and what people are motivated by and share the "psyche of the masses" to help them. E5 and E6 OS are easy compared to those high end sport routes even if you factor in a bit of scare factor. If the UK climbers suddenly had some kind of change of heart and tradding became cool then I'm pretty certain E5/6 OS would be very very standard. Luckily it's entirely uncool and the biggest dorks are the ones playing around with their nuts and drinking in the pub pretending they never train.



 

Title: A post truth blog
Post by: comPiler on February 22, 2017, 07:00:15 pm
A post truth blog (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/a-post-truth-blog)
22 February 2017, 2:02 pm

The mars one programme had seemed so far fetched at first. I couldn’t really believe people were going to commit to it and they would need to lack any form of sanity for even considering it. Imagine leaving Earth forever, never to see rivers, forests or friends again. To live a shortened life in small cabins buried under soil to protect from radiation. Lunacy...

​         I got to the base of the abseil and looked across at one of the most impressive sea cliffs in Wales. Calum had gotten down just before me and was warming up doing some 1 arm pull ups on a small crimp edge before slapping himself in the face to psyche himself up.

 We were there to try ‘the hardest trad project in the UK’, a free version of Giant. I led up and linked the first 2 pitches to a poor belay beneath the huge main roof. Calum came up and we stared out across the heinous, evil looking and loose roof. Calum eventually set off, placing 5 pieces of poor pro in the roof he set off on a horrendous traverse across the overhang,right foot heel hooking, slapping between monos, terrible slopers and micro crimps. Fifteen metres out from the batch of poor gear just before there appeared to be an easing he cut loose on some kind of pinch flake, with only 1 hand in contact with the rock he began to lock it in when suddenly, boom the flake exploded! We both screamed as he began his descent, down he flew in a huge falling arc like a ginger Icarus. After 40 metres of falling the rope went tight and my anchors ripped out swinging me out into space, we were both hanging off the poor pro, 2 bit ripped and as we both swung back into the rock we grabbed hold. We both scampered back to the belay and started replacing the remnants of the belay as best we could.

  Calum recharged with a can of over-caffeinated sugary drink company and after a short rest went for it again. Blasting across the roof to his high point he did a dyno straight into a figure 4 off a small edge, he was struggling and a fall from here would be certain death for both of us

“you fucking bastard caff you’ve let me down, you’ve fucking let me down”

“Just think of Gabby Calum and go for it”

After a few more curses he managed to reel in the fig4 lock allowing him to gain a small shelf and thankfully a good belay above the main ‘huge’ overhang. On seconding the pitch I thought it at least 8c on loose rock and certain death for both member of the party if the leader fluffs the end dyno figure 4 sequence. Thankfully my pitch leading to the top was a good few grades easier of E9 or so. We named the climb ‘The Giantest’ and thought even ethical Lleyn pundits such as long and bransby would have no cause for concern with the style of ascent which meant I wouldn’t have to throttle their friend Pete Robins to tell him how dead they are as another keen activist had been forced to do.      Calum showing the strain after the ascent        Cilan main       Next up was a month trip in Spain.

I was climbing with my good friend, Si o’ Con Gatkins. Arriving at Oliana I warmed up flashing Fish Eye, I always knew it wouldn’t be too hard as my mate Hazel had gotten up it and she normally just lazes about doing very little. After that myself and Si checked out the moves on Dura Dura, some of them did seem tricky. However the following day I managed to do it 1st redpoint. Chris and Adam obviously hadn’t done enough hard limestone routes, I missed out the 2 crux moves via a quantum, counter rotational ‘chalk and blow halfway through’ deadpoint, the rest was piss. Punters. Si just spent the day doubting that thing Nalle did was as hard as his own blocs and slagging off the guy who appeared in Blocheads alot as being weak as piss. He also put chalk on some real nano holds at the base which I presumed would form a near impossible but truly lame traverse.

 The main event came after a rest day. After climbing through the crux on the Dura Dura I broke right via a sustained sequence to join Papichulo at its crux, after doing this I broke right again into the crux of Pachamama before tracking way back left to take in many more cruxes on the wall. I’d gotten the name ready, the Dura Pachamodafuka face and possibly hard 9c. I was reasonably chuffed and as I was lowering off I expected a shout of congratulations from Gatkins but he just said routes were shit and didn’t have any hard moves on them. Cheeky bastard I thought.

  I retorted as I was being lowered telling him it had been clinically proven that people who climb routes are cleverer than boulderers, besides which it looked to be almost inversely proportional to ability, giving Doyle as proof.

​      Oliana   This must have hit a nerve as he almost dropped me the final 20 Metres and as I landed hard an altercation ensued. After his powerful first hits I thought I was done for as I was still blasted from the 9c but luckily the endurance jabs won in the end and when Gatkins was fully down I embraced my inner bastard and snapped his tooth brush leaving it on his unconscious body. It had become apparent to the other parties at the cliff that we were brits with the hateful behaviour making it crystal clear. I gave everyone a smile, pretending to be nice in case it effected any future sponsorship deals. Even the Tories who would have all terminally ill Grandmothers working 15 hour days, 7 days a week in Sports Direct until they drop dead were seen as normal in the current UK climate which was some consolation to me for acting like a sod.

 Whilst Gatkins lay moaning I updated my Instagram with some selfies I’d managed to take mid cruxes. When he came round we made friends again and after an hour I rechecked my Instagram and couldn’t bloody believe it, it had only got 500 likes, Hazel got 4 times that with some truly naff lifestyle pics. I put it on twitter as well, hoping nobody found it as vacuous as what two friends had been putting on it in the last year which was akin to a story about a real life Barbie and Ken.  

 Having gotten bored of Oliana we moved south to Santa Linya. Neanderthol, a 9b in the middle of it was the obvious choice and after a quick work it went first go, possibly the 3rd ascent as I think it got repeated by some chap called hacov sherbert but I’m pretty certain he used an inferior sequence, probably only 9a+. The other routes in the cave looked to easy to bother with so we left.

Arriving at Margalef First Round First Minute really suited my style so I did it much faster than the other 9bs, probably 40 minutes or so. I had to admit I was pretty tired after this few days of climbing so needed an easy day the day after so just did Era Vella. That guy J Christ was right about it, it really was piss, probs only 8b, Barrows must have over cooked it on his anal cap regime to say it was tough.

Updating my twitter feed afterwards I noticed expedition grants being given out for ‘snow plodders’. I’d always harboured ill feeling towards these grants being given to useless toffs with cheat sticks who go away for a big hurrah and bring back tales of daring do but generally don’t actually need the money. I thought about writing into the organisation awarding the grants to say they’d be better off giving it to my mate Calum rather than the toffs but figured you’d have to be proper dick to write such an email, although I had heard of this behaviour from some individuals of low moral fibre.

At Margalef it was great to see a youth sport climbing team being overseen by one of the new super sport coaches employed by Sports England as part of the IFSCs matrix. Using his coaching eye app and punching data into another computer he shouted out positive and shrewd advice to the team members. John Redhead was really taking to his role in a big way and I couldn’t wait to see the fruits of his efforts. As we left I heard him shouting, faster, higher, stronger...

After a fairly busy week we moved on to Siurana, the final part of the trip. The roads between the 2 cliffs were bendy so I was glad I wasn’t being driven by a toasted Jehovahs witness.

​  
Arriving at Siurana I had a good 1st day climbing Golpe de Estado and La Rambla. Although La Rambla is a trade route nowadays I was pretty happy to make the first Self belayed ascent, having to do many of the cruxes with only 1 hand. On lowering off the latter and arriving on the ground I saw something which completely blew me away, an astounding sight. I literally couldn’t believe my eyes on what was surely Tom Randalls greatest coaching achievement.

 The figure I was seeing was unmistakeable, leaving a bat hang rest in Kalea Borroka he set off waltzing through the crux on Estado Critico. I had thought he would have gone to join the fight against IS but hadn’t thought he would have lasted long in his normally ‘out of shape’ form where surely most 5 year old jihads could have caught up and captured him. This was a new man, an ubermensch. On reaching the chains having achieved a clean lead Andy Kirkpatrick shouted down to his belayer Bear Grylls in delight. Both popularists in their own right they’d teamed up, Andy having swapped his social media campaign for a lattice-bored regime. I gave them both a thumbs up although which digit I offered was a close call.



​      Andy K feeling Leo for training inspiration     I know I said a month in Spain but I had gotten pretty bored of it after ten days and Si had some projects he was close to which Dan Varian apparently couldn’t even see the holds on. We parted company but still had bruises for remembrance.

  I contemplated booking a flight to the States to do Dawn Wall but thought better of it in the end as the Yanks always overhype the difficulty and that skinny Cheq kid seemed to make it out to be pretty piss, I doubted it was as big a deal as Pinch Direct on Etive Slab and certainly not as bold. I was also pretty nervous about the extreme vetting, what exactly does that entail and what do they expect to find up there?

 Instead I went back to wales. I headed straight to the Promontory Slab with Johnny, which offers technically the hardest trad pitch in Britain although not as big a lead as the Giantest. It has roughly a v13 starting 8 metres into an 8c slab, Johnny did a fine lead after minimum preparation, full of flamboyance and himself. I also managed to follow cleanly which I was chuffed with as I’d spent a bit of time floundering on a grigri on it in prior years. It gave a 9a trad slab. Johnny wondered why people had to train to climb 9a as he'd only done feet only problems for years which seemed to do the trick.

​           The day after I went down to lpt to belay Chris Doyle. He set off on Liquid Ambar and looked really smooth with the no solid food diet he’d been on for ten years really standing out, he probably weighed less than Oli. He climbed past the hardest moves and.....

​      Doylo in a dream?   I woke up, even my subconscious new Doylo getting up LA was improbable, however much time he’d spent hanging on knee bars in Parisellas and Llandulas to miss out hard moves. I’m sure he’d offer me some edited footage at some point and tell me his friend Richie had belayed.

  After 2016 the Mars One programme wasn’t looking as bad an option as I once thought. The thought of Trump and his team of fantasists being given the power to destroy the world in 30 minutes, the talk of world war 3 becoming more prominent combined with the ever looming extreme weather events from global warming and people believing their postcode makes them better ‘hardworking & decent’ than other people. It was starting to look ugly for sure.

  It would have been nice to hang out on Earth a while longer, finishing off the 2 remaining LPT routes so I could email Jez that it’s an easy and outdated crag, polish off extreme rock, solo 100 extremes in North Wales that kind of thing, but staying just sounds too dangerous. I’ll leave my phone here set to send out a few final hate tweets at farage, trump and their band of merry shites.

 I’d like to thanks my sponsors for their continued support as I get ready to blast off towards the red planet and I’d like to assure them I’ll make 1st ascents which won’t get a repeat for sometime even from alex legos. There are 2 places left in my escape pod, feel free to apply.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Moonrise Kingdom
Post by: comPiler on June 20, 2017, 01:01:37 am
Moonrise Kingdom (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/moonrise-kingdom)
19 June 2017, 9:17 pm



“Would it be the best new route you’ve put up?”

“Bloody hell, it would be”



 Thus was the reasoning for trying a rather risky passage and I think it’s fair to say one of the ‘best’ bold wall climbs to be found in the UK. A route which belongs somewhere in the 1980s being technically pretty straight forward but having those classic 6b/c rockovers which become strangely tiring and where a fall leaves plenty for the imagination. I’d slept poorly for much of the trip and could empathise with Edward Nortons character suffering from Insomnia in Fight Club. There were a few thoughts which were reverberating around during the week leading up to and during the ascent of it:

‘Mind blowing, reasonably unjustifiable, somebody in the higher echelons of Equip is a patronising tool, tormented ejaculation, indian face, hellraiser, bolts, massive falls, danger, old age, death, life ‘crossroads’ and desire’

It’s admittedly hard to make one climb sound interesting, myself I enjoy sci-fi, fantasy (not s&m) but I thought I’d give this one a write up as it did give what felt like a fairly powerful experience and after all, this is my piece of the internet so I'll bore you for a minute.

​      Moon glow on the first trip   Coir’-uisg  Buttress is in a stunning location. Arriving at Elgol supplies hopefully a view of the Cuillin ridge where a short ferry journey leads past seals to the landing where a short walk up the river leads to the Loch where the cliff can be seen in the distance.

In 2007 Dave Birkett and Alan Steele put up Skye Wall having been tipped off by Tom Walkington. The pictures of the climb showed it for what it is, one of the UKs great hard wall climbs on immaculate gabbro.

Dan Varian had mentioned he’d be keen to have a trip up to try it and in mid October last year we had the opportunity. Making camp at the far end of the Loch we walked on to the base of the cliff in the evening to size it up and stash some kit. The skies were clear and it felt very warm for mid October. We walked out in the twilight and a near full moon came up and shone a light across the loch. The venue was idyllic and after having finished the busiest month of work for the year it already felt a worthwhile trip just to hangout camping.

  The following day was still clear but cooler. We did Skye Wall and a new route to the right which provided a great day out, one of those days where you feel you can’t put a foot wrong. A friend Ken Toms who passed away a few years ago once said that when you are climbing well it is one of the best feelings in the world.

  Skye Wall tackles a seam and crack on the right hand side of the face. The big expanse of rock to the left was unclimbed and appeared more featured with grooves and scoops to aim for. We left the morning after but made plans to return to attempt a new line to the left.

​  Dan with Skye Wall and Skye fall behind  Roll on May 2017 and some exceptional weather, we made our way back to the campsite paradise with 3 more friends, Adam Long, Ben Bransby and Ray Wood. I felt haggardly tired that 1st evening and slept like a log, waking up feeling bouncy I was confident we’d be up at least one new route and probably 2!

Arriving at the base we geared up and Dan led up to a good ledge, I carried on through and after some prospecting a few metres above committed to some sloping ramp moves to gain a steep corner and a belay where this became a roof.  This is where we were hoping we could go, the roof looked short and with good gear and would lead into the stunning white groove feature. Looking back down the ropes hung away from the rock and it dawned on me why the last pitch had been trickier than expected.

Two moves across the roof led to a tricky move to gain the white ‘groove feature’. There was more good gear and I was ecstatic with how well it was going, believing it would be slabbing off above and become easier. After climbing up to the next roof and booting a loose flake off I made my way onto the main feature allowing access to the upper wall, a long sloping shelf.

As soon as I gained it the fun feeling left and the nature of the climb changed. There was no gear on the ledge but worse still the wall above appeared steeper and more impregnable than we’d hoped for.

After attempting the 2 most obvious weaknesses I eventually set off up leftwards from the hooks thinking the weakness above would lead to a groove on the left and possible belay.

After getting into a pumpy position I prevaricated in this position to drain the rest of my energy before slapping into the scoop above. Once I was stood in this slight scoop I knew I was screwed and true fear set in for a minute as I realised I’d climbed myself into a cul de sac. It was one of those moments where you felt you haven’t just overcooked the chicken but the bugger is on fire, destroying the kitchen and scaring the neighbors.

After attempting to climb the ‘weakness’ a couple of times I eventually committed to the one of the more terrifying lower offs I’ve been party to, using a shit partially in wire,  I was glad I’d been taking it easy on the cakes the month prior. I made it back to the safety of the hooks and lowered down to the belay. We abbed to the ground, I sighed with relief and Dan undoubtedly did the same after being sat at the belay for ages.





The 'Indian Face' pitch   ​We went to the top of the cliff and abseiled down to the highpoint and I was gutted. It appeared devoid of gear and a quick brush wasn’t going to do the job. The ‘possible belay groove’ had no gear and led nowhere. I retrieved the gear and jugged back up and let Dan go down for a peek.

To say it wasn’t what we were looking for would be an understatement. Skye Wall had apart from one short section low on the 2nd pitch been full of good gear. We’d expected something similar on this. There appeared to be a few cul de sacs where you could get lured and climb yourself into a dead end.

I considered leaving our 1st effort as the highpoint as we’d got to there in a ‘good style’, much like the tormented ejaculation. The dirtiest most filthy word in the traditional British climbing sense is almost certainly ‘bolt’, those things that foreigners and yorkshiremen use. Obviously I’d never place one at my highpoint but did think it would have been a great laugh with all the grief Dave Turnbull and Nick would have gotten, I figured they’d had enough in the last half year or so.

 Dan came back up and made his way out. I abbed once more to my highpoint for a last look and noticed a line of edges and sidepulls going almost straight up above where I’d been.  Once out I told Dan that after one more abseil of the crux section I thought we could do it and suddenly felt a palpable pressure like a lead weight pressing on my mind.  I really was getting too old for this shit, I’d come out for a fun holiday which had turned into some mental necessity to climb the ‘terror face’. I liked it less than that French climber with a name like a chocolate.      Dan leading through the last hard moves on the top pitch   The next day didn’t go to plan. It was going to be necessary to walk back to the ferry and change the time to the following day. Varian was too nice to ask to do this duty, Adam too lazy, Ray too old and Ben just too simple to be trusted with the task, DMM gave him some ’work’ as part of a community responsibility scheme. No it was going to be down to me. It would have been good to have some of my weak minded friends there I could have manipulated into the errand, Ryan, Hazel or Calum would have done nicely.

 After returning from the ferry landing we piled up to the cliff, I abseiled in the wrong spot, the ropes snagged and feeling toasted I ‘lost it’ on the top and threw the ropes off cursing loudly down towards the loch. I cooled off and went and retrieved the ropes knowing the route was no place for a hot head. Finding the correct abseil spot I checked the steeper section and the pro post runout.

Walking back down with the route chalked it did look spectacular, the ‘shining mountain’. I was still unhappy with a few things about the climb, not least of which was that a 30 metre fall onto hooks might leave you looking like a distant cousin of the chap out of Hellraiser. Varian had kept busy soloing some new routes nearby very patiently. Ben and Adam had done a load of new routes the last 2 days and I’d effectively done 1 and a half pitches and some abseiling, it was bloody terrible.

Arriving back at the campsite the best bit of this day was Dan doing a brilliant new highball (which Ben and Adam had spent a good amount of the day trying). We left paradise the next morning.

  The next 2 days passed far too quickly, an afternoon on Supercharger at Neist point, some drinks in the Slig, an explore for some boulders on Raasay and Friday morning arrived. The forecast was wrong, it rained and had some more possible in the updated forecast. Ben and Adam weren’t impressed and set off south to Glen Coe. We optimistically got the ferry in and the weather improved until we arrived at the base of the cliff where it pissed down for 20 minutes. When it stopped I abbed back down to the steep moves above the runout, dried some holds and cleaned a line of sidepulls which would breach the last blank section to easier ground and the top. Jugging back out I was optimistic but then it started to piss down again. Hiding beneath the overhang at the base waiting for the rain to stop felt rather draining.

The first 2 pitches are steep enough not to get wet and when the rain stopped Varian made short work of them, linking them together. I arrived at the belay and organised the gear which was mainly hooks and a few other bits of gear, it felt heavy and I was pretty sure I’d never carried more shit kit.

  With the knowledge of what to expect I arrived at the skyhook shelf quickly and made a swathe of hooks, extended with slings. After 10-15 minutes to make sure the weather was holding and to amp up I left the ledge with boiling blood and proceeded to the previous highpoint, beyond which it’s worth turning your brain off for a reasonable distance of climbing. A frantic wire placement requires a lot of care to ensure it doesn’t flick out with drag, a wild layback to leave this led to bold moves up right to a hands off ledge but a still committing jump for jugs with a cam 4 on hand ready to chuck in. Although unlikely I’d thought it possible to end up on the deck from the last move of the pitch, having never trusted microcams.

 After securing myself to the belay I felt like I’d used most chemicals in my body to reach that place and felt a very strong desire for some bad things. Looking down the face when chalked it appeared stunning, a crescent line of holds arcing down to the ‘skyhook ledge’ where the main mind play began. (2 weeks later walking out into the daylight from the Llanberis ‘rave cave’ with the few survivors had felt a similar experience, I think Alex Mason was the only person I remember assaulting. Big shout out to the burning hand and crew for setting it up, they deserve an MBE).

Dan came up and after a brief rest led through the last difficult moves to the central groove above leading to the top. Walking off we got supplied with the view of the new route which picked the easiest line up the main prow of the buttress. Three stunning pitches.

I felt blown for a good week afterwards, properly blown.

We hiked out to the campsite as darkness arrived had some amazing tasting grub and passed out soon after some wine.  Dan had come up with the name at some point that evening with both of our trips having an extraordinary moon glow as well as the name referring to his favourite film. My only offerings weren’t too inspired with ‘Rab sucks’ for laying me off their team (I didn’t think Rab himself would appreciate it), The future is in the balance was another possible option but I’ve had enough of politics in the last year.

The morning after we headed back to the mainland, Dan drove us to Carlisle where me and Ray hopped into my car and enjoyed a few hours of the best 90s trance, as we arrived in Llanberis and Ray departed Zombie Nation was appropriately playing.

I was bolloxed enough when we were on the route to not really know how hard it was and we’d only abseiled down 20 metres or so on the top face so it might not be that bad but I felt it was one of the 2 most serious pitches I’d led. There was a mistake in a recent magazine saying it’s the hardest mutli-pitch in the UK which is both wrong and laughable but I think it could be a contender for the most serious. See what you think. Good one Dan and Ray.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: Moonrise Kingdom
Post by: Fiend on June 20, 2017, 09:39:00 am
It was going to be necessary to walk back to the ferry and change the time to the following day. Varian was too nice to ask to do this duty, Adam too lazy, Ray too old and Ben just too simple to be trusted with the task, DMM gave him some ’work’ as part of a community responsibility scheme.
:lol:

Good stuff as always, long overdue post. Epic sounding route too.
Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: DAVETHOMAS90 on June 20, 2017, 01:05:43 pm
Yep. Quality write-up. Great effort too.  :2thumbsup:
Title: A day in North Wales
Post by: comPiler on July 30, 2017, 01:02:42 am
A day in North Wales (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/a-day-in-north-wales)
28 July 2017, 4:51 pm

    Head to head on the finishes       I often tell people I think the climbing and ‘scene’ in North Wales is a contender for the best in the world.  A recent day which involved shuffling a few centimetres higher on a sport redpoint, soloing some easy mountain routes and watching friends going for it and succeeding in their endeavours encompassed much of why I give Wales a big seal of approval.

   Dream of White Horses, Cenotaph Corner, Hope, Flying Buttress, Great Wall, Main Wall, Christmas Curry, Positron, Comes the Dervish, Right Wall, Vector, Path to Rome, Statement of youth are all route names that will resonate with climbers, the list of classics is near endless.

I’d made plans on this particular day to climb at LPT with Dan Mcmanus. The forecast was due to be poor until 8.00am before becoming good. I’d predicted that Dan would look out of his window which overlooks the Orme towards the end of the bad weather and cancel. At 8.00am Dan messaged to cancel proving my guess correct. Whilst on a big wall trip Dan will happily live on his own dandruff and wait out bad weather sleeping in a waterfall for a week but back in blighty he might crumble at the first whiff of a cloud.  After an hour or 2 of calls and counselling I picked him up and we headed down. It was as good as summer conditions get, dry with a costant breeze.

  After putting the clips in his project, Youthanasia, Dan did it first attempt making it look very easy, shaking out on most moves and obviously in good shape for his trip to Ratikon. Nick Moulden did a climb on the left and it looked like it was a ‘low gravity’ day on LPT. Having strained my elbow on an undercling on Sea of Tranquility earlier in the year a high step had proved elusive. I arrived there feeling good and getting past the elusive move got very excited, taking time to set my feet in the final positions I began to get set up for the last move before everything caved in and I was spat out into my usual air haunt. I was still pretty happy though and reminded myself that once this one was completed I’d have to attach a mobile at the belay of the last one ready to message Oli Grounsel immediately upon success.

  Leaving LPT I headed back for a brew, the day was cloudless and with friends in the Pass I drove round to see what was going on. The conditions were incredible, that golden light with a soft breeze.

I headed up to Dinas Mot and did Diagonal and Superdirect rapidly, feeling I was moving as well as I ever had where you hardly need to stop before going into the next move(doing Gogarth in sub 9 minutes a few days later felt similar). I think Diagonal might even have been the 1st route I did in the Pass with Wez and Adam Wilde sometime in the 90s.      Aiming for the 3/4 ledge   Looking up at the Cromlech there was a climber in a white helmet setting off on Right Wall. Kate Keltie had been talking about it and as I made my way up it became apparent it was her.

On arrival at the base there was a bit of a party vibe; Gus, Duncan, Fatboy, Sophie, some Spanish climbers…..but as my eyes rose and I got a terrible surprise. Jesus.

  Howard Lawledge was 8 metres up Lord of the Flies!

I yelled to his partner:

“Sophie, tell him to get down, it gets serious above”

 I’d once watched Howard make a terrifying ascent of Minotaur in Huntsmans Leap involving all kinds of crazy disco legs,whole body quivers, gear dropping out, slapping. It hadn’t looked hopeful for him at all.

  At least there were 2 doctors on hand this time and Gus could probably catch him from 20 metres without straining.

 After shouting encouragement I went up Ivy Sepulchre and round to the top of Left Wall to get pics and become a voyeur.

  The Cromlech itself can seem quite intimidating, being exposed and high in the Pass. Right Wall and Lord of the Flies are both big leads giving runout climbing where a fall in certain sections would be highly unadvisable, courtesy of Pete Livesey and Ron Fawcett. Some of the biggest falls I’ve seen have been off Right Wall.

 My friend Adam Hocking had been a bit phased by it when younger but found it easy when he did it, which is no surprise as he was onsighting 8a/+ at the time. He helped talk a chap into trying it who had only led E3 previously. He put in a valiant fight. I was on True Grip opposite when he reached the good holds above the port hole. He was too pumped to hold on to them. As he parted company with the rock he let out a scream and I locked up on the holds I was on and gazed across terrified. The scream continued and he curled into the foetal position, some of his gear banged against the rock, unclipped from the rope and flew out towards the scree below. It looked like he wasn’t going to stop but thankfully he did. Lord of the Flies has also seen some big ones off the top. The footage of Big Ron on it is well worth a watch.

   Back on the routes Howard was looking very solid and it looked like the gear he placed was staying in. Kate was also looking well solid. I’d climbed with Kate recently and knew she was a great climber having a deliberate style well suited for trad but she’d mentioned she hadn’t onsighted E5 and I thought Right Wall a reasonably big lead for a first.

They both arrived at the ¾ ledge at the same time. Kate moved up towards the port hole which to reach and get passed many people find the crux. Reversing down a move or 2 but not bothering to step onto the ledge for a rest she committed above once more and reached the port hole. As an observer at this point and having witnessed the consequences of people ‘letting go’ made the tension feel palpable, staying focused for a few more moves the good holds leading rightwards were reached convincingly.      Almost finishing the runout on Right wall     Turning my attention back to Howard I was impressed how strong he looked on the moves as I’d generally identified him as a similar morph to the chap off the Mister Muscle adverts. Half a move below some jugs and bomber kit he locked off some crap holds and wasted time putting in some rubbish gear, much to my amusement, if he’d been struggling I would have said something…maybe. He was cruising though.

  It looked as if both Kate and Howard topped out at the exact same time, in sync. I went and offered some peppermint tea to go with the bilberries on top. North Wales and the Pass had given great times again. I had to shoot off to prep for work the following day but the others finished with a pint in the Vaynol before their journeys home. Reality kicked back in but the memory never fades...apart from Ry Pasquils, his is mush.



Source: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log... (http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog)

Title: Re: James Mchaffie - Caffs (B)Log...
Post by: submaximal gains on January 28, 2018, 08:54:24 am
http://www.jamesmchaffie.com/caffs-blog/euphoria

Euphoria

12/24/2017

It did feel good, a very potent form of escapism, totally absorbing and for my younger self an addiction. Something which lots of people tell you is a bad idea but you do anyway. I remember the first day I started in 1996. Sat at lower falcon it had become evident my climbing partner Adam Hocking was unlikely to arrive. Feeling pretty  frustrated I set off up a VS called Spin Up, it felt wrong from ten metres height and my instincts told me not to carry on like people trying their first cigarette. I slowly made progress to the top and once there my 15 year old self felt quite elated at having stopped my instincts from backing off low down. I walked back to the base and looked at a HVS further right called Funeral Way, my memory of this is vague and I’m pretty sure I backed off that day and did it at a later date.
  From that day a totally different realm of rock climbing opened up, without the ropes, the need to stop and place pro or of belaying a partner you could do a ton of routes so fast. When I hit 17 it had become integral with most of my climbing done alone. I remember Prana and Bitter Oasis being a big deal the first time I soloed them which makes sense as I wasn’t leading that much harder, eventually they were just part of bigger days out. Many routes in the Lakes I’d look at and wonder how it would feel to do them without a rope and more often than not I would find out. It became a habit and I saw it as an extension of scrambling. I did a lot of routes in the Lakes, down Borrowdale, on Pavey, Dow, Scafell, Hodge Close and down in Wales in the Pass, at Gogarth, Slate, Tremadog, Ogwen, Carneddau, Pembroke and elsewhere. Never too hard generally but quite extensive, in the several 1000 route mark, often onsight or routes I'd not done for a few years unless they were on a regular circuit.  ​
Picture
The Niche on Falcon
 I remember the feeling of euphoria of going near the edge soloing contrasting sharply with going to school a few years before when I dreaded going in. From wearing old clothes I’d acquired the name ‘Tramp’ which at various times (over many years) became a group chant; Tramp,tramp, tramp. Combined with being brought up a Jehovahs witness made Christmas time quite special and even a quarter of a century later when someone asks if I’m psyched for Christmas my eyes glaze over and I think about where I’d like Santa and Christ to go.
   On moving to Wales I remember a few times that first summer; spinning around on the top shelf of Lubyanka to look outwards, going for a swim beneath Main cliff after a few routes like Big Groove and Assassin in March, crawling through the hole on the top pitch of Ducking Stool and Ray Kay talking me out of Heart of Gold at a party. It had even helped me escape from an argument with an ex after a car chase.
   It’s a habit I got out of and in fact would more say lost for a good few years partly due to choking. This apparently can only happen to an expert and is where in extremely stressful situations the expert loses their head and becomes literally a complete beginner! Its one of those things you don't really believe in (like chronique fatigue/lazyitis) until it happens to you. I won’t linger on the details although it is worth a read in Matthew Syeds excellent book Bounce. Choking in a sport competitions is humiliating but think about choking when soloing. For a few years it felt like a piece of me was missing, imagine the strongest bit of your climbing just disappearing, almost completely. It led to some farcical and dangerous moments when I decided to rid myself of the block to regain access to this Elixir.

Picture
When I set off to do the 100 in the Lakes it was still a big unknown wether it would end on the first route or thankfully as my friend Hazel would put it I’d get into the flow state which is what I was hoping for. The day after I was sat in the bath at mums flat having a bottle of wine, soaking in the fatigue and thinking about how much my poor mum had had to put up with over the years.
  Although kicked into touch as a regular habit the ability to cover a lot of moderate climbing fast is still there and once in a while there would be an urge to do so. Unless you are a very fortunate person life will have its periods of feeling rather flat and feckless and if you go out and do 30+ routes you know the feeling will evaporate with any worries just falling away.
    The last 2 years I had in mind a list of 100 Welsh routes to do but having left it too late in the season both years had settled on doing 60 of the best in September. This would still have given a very good day, giving homage to many Joe Brown with routes like Vector, Vember, Cenotaph, Cemetary Gates and I figured I could do it with plenty of energy still in the tank. I did the odd timing out of curiosity to give an idea of how long some sections might take. Gogarth was under 9 minutes, Pull my daisy, 2.45, Dervish 4 and thought I could rattle through a lot of it fairly quickly believing I was 17 again.
   The enchainment of routes in the mountains felt like my main forte and if you really want to do something you can find reasons to justify it. Taking something that you feel good at as far as you can, which you find tricky to envisage and pays homage to an area and some of its pioneers.  A channel of energy.

Picture
   Nigel ‘Yorky’ Robinson was a friend of the family and a regular climbing partner of dads. One of those rare super nice guys on every level, driving goods he’d collected out to orphanages in Kosovo over many years. We had a day out one Friday in the summer going to Malham as the weather was duff but the original plan had been for him to join me in the Lakes as I got my head into gear for the welsh one, doing a 30 route day, when he said he was keen to come and hangout I was a bit incredulous. He met with the rest of my family for lunch at Shepherds café later that wknd.
   A few weeks later I’d just had 3 days climbing in Pembroke with Emma Twyford, a climbing partner of mine now for 20 years. In fact I first climbed with Emma when she was 12 and she said she was keen to try an E1, I pointed her at the Grasp she took 2 lobs totally unafraid then did it!
It had been a cracking weekend, Preposterous Tales and Stargate when piss wet on the 1st afternoon, Pleasure dome, mutiny on the bounty, big issue and a good piss up with friends on day 2 then Emma kindly took me up Barbarella and Headhunter before a good tide let us finish on Woeful on the last day. We finished with Fish and Chips in Aberaeron on the way back.
 I was starting an ML assessment the morning after when Eve Lancashire delivered the news that Yorky was dead. He’d been found in Donegal with boots and chalkbag on. He’d been so proud to go to his sons’ wedding 2 weeks before in Berlin.
The weather was appropriately shit on the ML to go with the news and it gave me some time to reflect on how nice a guy he was. When dad was on his last legs Yorky would travel up from Nottingham to the Lakes and take him out to crags and after dad passed away he would always email me and stay in touch with mum.
  At his funeral there was his wife Pat who is a stand up comedian and although we’d never met she took the time to grab me for a chat about Yorky. I also spoke with his son Tom who runs a Theory and Bio-Systems lab in Potsdam.

Picture
Dad and Yorky at Shepherds cafe
  There is not much you can say when one of the really good and kind people of the world leaves it.  I’m glad it was quick, I’m glad it was doing something he loved but bloody hell I wish he was still around and can’t imagine the loss of such a character to the people who were really close to him.
   The best days I’ve had over the years haven’t been on my own, they’ve been the days doing a couple of routes with a good friend and having that shared experience. The wknd in Pembroke with Emma and having a brew on the top of Carn Gowla with my favourite doctor after climbing Guernica and going too direct on America were the best times climbing this year. It would be great to be climbing with Emma in another 20 years.

Picture
Emma on preposterous Tales
Picture
Kate on Guernica
    Back in the day they were taught never to fall off as the gear was awful and the consequences of failure often serious. Joe Brown once told me he never used to do a move he didn’t think he could down climb, worth thinking about that on some of his routes. In the 1970s and early 80s a lot more people soloed in the mountains quite possibly because it was still an era of routes being dangerous anyway and if your friends are doing something you are more likely to try it. Some people did get killed with Jimmy Jewel, Paul Williams and Derek Hersey being some of the first to spring to mind and with Cliff Phillips heinous falls off the Mot and tremadog leaving some doubt as to wether it’s just his ghost which is still amongst us. Ryan was close to death when he fell off whilst ‘tandem’ soloing Weaver, thankfully Pete was beneath him feeling like superman and managed to grab him, god knows how.
   Some of the biggest mountain solo days in the UK would have been Jimmy Jewels impressive outings on Cloggy and the film Total Control shows him floating up Left Wall, T-rex, Grasper and Silly Arete. He was obviously a great soloist but he still died doing it. The Big Jim is a huge meal you can order in Petes Eats and is named after him, apparently having a strong brummy accent he asked for a full welsh breakfast and they mistook it for four breakfasts which he polished off anyway.   
   I’m not going to tell you not to solo but would hate to think of some youths thinking it’s a cool thing to do when it’s the opposite. You might like to think you are the next A-hon or Catherine Destivelle and the odd easy solo like the odd fag is unlikely to kill you but the more you do the more the evidence starts to tally up against you. It might be a crimp or flake loosened from a winter, a bit of hidden dampness, rain, a palsy or lack of concentration at the wrong moment.     
 If you decide to give it a go then I’d tread fucking carefully as there are plenty of things to look forward to in life and it’s likely you’ll be missed even if you are a dickhead.
Choose life.
Go dancing
SimplePortal 2.3.7 © 2008-2024, SimplePortal